US20130144757A1 - Inventory management system - Google Patents
Inventory management system Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20130144757A1 US20130144757A1 US13/658,266 US201213658266A US2013144757A1 US 20130144757 A1 US20130144757 A1 US 20130144757A1 US 201213658266 A US201213658266 A US 201213658266A US 2013144757 A1 US2013144757 A1 US 2013144757A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- item
- environment
- items
- inventory
- information
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06Q—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- G06Q10/00—Administration; Management
- G06Q10/08—Logistics, e.g. warehousing, loading or distribution; Inventory or stock management
- G06Q10/087—Inventory or stock management, e.g. order filling, procurement or balancing against orders
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06K—GRAPHICAL DATA READING; PRESENTATION OF DATA; RECORD CARRIERS; HANDLING RECORD CARRIERS
- G06K17/00—Methods or arrangements for effecting co-operative working between equipments covered by two or more of main groups G06K1/00 - G06K15/00, e.g. automatic card files incorporating conveying and reading operations
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06K—GRAPHICAL DATA READING; PRESENTATION OF DATA; RECORD CARRIERS; HANDLING RECORD CARRIERS
- G06K7/00—Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns
- G06K7/0008—General problems related to the reading of electronic memory record carriers, independent of its reading method, e.g. power transfer
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06K—GRAPHICAL DATA READING; PRESENTATION OF DATA; RECORD CARRIERS; HANDLING RECORD CARRIERS
- G06K7/00—Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns
- G06K7/10—Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns by electromagnetic radiation, e.g. optical sensing; by corpuscular radiation
- G06K7/10009—Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns by electromagnetic radiation, e.g. optical sensing; by corpuscular radiation sensing by radiation using wavelengths larger than 0.1 mm, e.g. radio-waves or microwaves
- G06K7/10316—Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns by electromagnetic radiation, e.g. optical sensing; by corpuscular radiation sensing by radiation using wavelengths larger than 0.1 mm, e.g. radio-waves or microwaves using at least one antenna particularly designed for interrogating the wireless record carriers
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06K—GRAPHICAL DATA READING; PRESENTATION OF DATA; RECORD CARRIERS; HANDLING RECORD CARRIERS
- G06K7/00—Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns
- G06K7/10—Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns by electromagnetic radiation, e.g. optical sensing; by corpuscular radiation
- G06K7/10009—Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns by electromagnetic radiation, e.g. optical sensing; by corpuscular radiation sensing by radiation using wavelengths larger than 0.1 mm, e.g. radio-waves or microwaves
- G06K7/10316—Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns by electromagnetic radiation, e.g. optical sensing; by corpuscular radiation sensing by radiation using wavelengths larger than 0.1 mm, e.g. radio-waves or microwaves using at least one antenna particularly designed for interrogating the wireless record carriers
- G06K7/10336—Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns by electromagnetic radiation, e.g. optical sensing; by corpuscular radiation sensing by radiation using wavelengths larger than 0.1 mm, e.g. radio-waves or microwaves using at least one antenna particularly designed for interrogating the wireless record carriers the antenna being of the near field type, inductive coil
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06K—GRAPHICAL DATA READING; PRESENTATION OF DATA; RECORD CARRIERS; HANDLING RECORD CARRIERS
- G06K7/00—Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns
- G06K7/10—Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns by electromagnetic radiation, e.g. optical sensing; by corpuscular radiation
- G06K7/10009—Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns by electromagnetic radiation, e.g. optical sensing; by corpuscular radiation sensing by radiation using wavelengths larger than 0.1 mm, e.g. radio-waves or microwaves
- G06K7/10316—Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns by electromagnetic radiation, e.g. optical sensing; by corpuscular radiation sensing by radiation using wavelengths larger than 0.1 mm, e.g. radio-waves or microwaves using at least one antenna particularly designed for interrogating the wireless record carriers
- G06K7/10356—Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns by electromagnetic radiation, e.g. optical sensing; by corpuscular radiation sensing by radiation using wavelengths larger than 0.1 mm, e.g. radio-waves or microwaves using at least one antenna particularly designed for interrogating the wireless record carriers using a plurality of antennas, e.g. configurations including means to resolve interference between the plurality of antennas
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06Q—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- G06Q20/00—Payment architectures, schemes or protocols
- G06Q20/08—Payment architectures
- G06Q20/20—Point-of-sale [POS] network systems
- G06Q20/203—Inventory monitoring
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G07—CHECKING-DEVICES
- G07G—REGISTERING THE RECEIPT OF CASH, VALUABLES, OR TOKENS
- G07G1/00—Cash registers
- G07G1/0036—Checkout procedures
- G07G1/0045—Checkout procedures with a code reader for reading of an identifying code of the article to be registered, e.g. barcode reader or radio-frequency identity [RFID] reader
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G08—SIGNALLING
- G08B—SIGNALLING OR CALLING SYSTEMS; ORDER TELEGRAPHS; ALARM SYSTEMS
- G08B13/00—Burglar, theft or intruder alarms
- G08B13/22—Electrical actuation
- G08B13/24—Electrical actuation by interference with electromagnetic field distribution
- G08B13/2402—Electronic Article Surveillance [EAS], i.e. systems using tags for detecting removal of a tagged item from a secure area, e.g. tags for detecting shoplifting
- G08B13/2465—Aspects related to the EAS system, e.g. system components other than tags
- G08B13/2468—Antenna in system and the related signal processing
- G08B13/2474—Antenna or antenna activator geometry, arrangement or layout
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01Q—ANTENNAS, i.e. RADIO AERIALS
- H01Q1/00—Details of, or arrangements associated with, antennas
- H01Q1/12—Supports; Mounting means
- H01Q1/22—Supports; Mounting means by structural association with other equipment or articles
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01Q—ANTENNAS, i.e. RADIO AERIALS
- H01Q1/00—Details of, or arrangements associated with, antennas
- H01Q1/12—Supports; Mounting means
- H01Q1/22—Supports; Mounting means by structural association with other equipment or articles
- H01Q1/2208—Supports; Mounting means by structural association with other equipment or articles associated with components used in interrogation type services, i.e. in systems for information exchange between an interrogator/reader and a tag/transponder, e.g. in Radio Frequency Identification [RFID] systems
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01Q—ANTENNAS, i.e. RADIO AERIALS
- H01Q7/00—Loop antennas with a substantially uniform current distribution around the loop and having a directional radiation pattern in a plane perpendicular to the plane of the loop
Definitions
- This invention relates to inventory management systems and, more particularly, to methods and systems for performing an inventory management process that uses an intelligent station to track and/or inventory items that are tagged with Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) tags.
- RFID Radio Frequency Identification
- Inventory management is becoming increasingly important in today's growing economy. New products are continuously being developed and placed in the market for consumer purchase. Although this growth provides consumers with more choices for selecting various goods and services, businesses (e.g., retailers, wholesalers, etc.) are tasked with managing this growing inventory.
- POS data generally refers to data generated at a checkout system (i.e., cash register).
- POS data generally refers to data generated at a checkout system (i.e., cash register).
- products may be reordered from a manufacturer.
- the manufacturer and retailer may have an agreement that directs the manufacturer to preemptively deliver products according to the terms of the agreement.
- inventory is replenished in a manner such that inventory arrives at the retail store just before existing stock levels are exhausted.
- shrinkage also described as the reduction of inventory due to non-sale circumstances. For example, shrinkage may occur at any point in a supply chain, stemming from invoice errors, vendor fraud, misdirected shipments, retail employee theft and customer theft. If inventory is computed as described above (i.e., using perpetual inventory management techniques), shrinkage rates (amounting to several percent of sales) can cause divergence of theoretical (i.e., inventory that is proposed or planned) and physical inventory.
- shrinkage rates amounting to several percent of sales
- Another problem with perpetual inventory management systems is the uncertainty associated with the effectiveness of product promotions. For instance, if the relationship between price and inventory velocity, known as price elasticity, is not well understood, promotions can cause an out-of-stock condition that negatively impacts customer satisfaction and loyalty. Alternatively, promotions can fail to achieve a desired reduction of inventory when too much inventory is ordered and the price elasticity is poorly estimated or measured.
- Another related problem with conventional inventory management systems is associated with misplaced inventory on a retail shelf or similar support unit.
- Product manufacturers devote large sums of money to market certain products to consumers. In some instances, this marketing may include combating a competitor that manufacturers a similar product. Because retailers generally desire to present as much inventory as possible for sale to the customer, some employees may fill a void on a shelf dedicated for an out of stock product with related products.
- the related products may include products produced by a manufacturer's competitor. This may result in lost sales for the manufacturer and, in some cases, reduction in customer satisfaction. This may also violate agreements between retailers and manufacturers or their distributors.
- RFID Radio Frequency Identification
- IC Integrated Circuit
- RFID tag technologies have been contemplated in providing distributed inventory management between a manufacturer and a retailer. For example, a manufacturer may be alerted through the Internet each time a product is sold at a retailer using the information stored in the product's RFID tag. The manufacturer may then use this information to forecast replenishment schedules with the retailer to prevent an out of stock situation.
- Methods, systems, and articles of manufacture consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention provide a process for managing an inventory of items, each item being positioned in a respective location within an environment and being associated with a corresponding wireless identification device.
- the process may include providing item information associated with each item to each corresponding wireless identification device. Based on the item information, the process may perform an inventory management process to provide real time information associated with the inventory of items.
- the inventory management process may include at least one of an out of stock control process, a shrinkage recognition process, a rapid product recall process, an alert monitor process, and a sales optimization process.
- Each of these processes may perform various tasks that are used to manage the inventory of items in the environment, such as monitoring inventory levels of the items, detecting misplaced items in the environment, and providing feedback information associated with the items based on detected events (e.g., suggested alternative locations for certain items based on sales data).
- FIG. 1 is a block diagram of an exemplary system consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention
- FIG. 2 is a block diagram of an exemplary environment consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention
- FIG. 3 is a flowchart of an exemplary EPC writer process consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention
- FIG. 4 is a block diagram of an exemplary interface map consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention.
- FIG. 5 is a flowchart of an exemplary inventory analysis process consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention.
- FIG. 6 is a flowchart of an exemplary shrinkage process consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention.
- FIG. 7 is a flowchart of an exemplary recall process consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention.
- Systems and methods consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention enable an intelligent inventory management process to monitor and collect information associated with an inventory of items (e.g., products) included in an environment.
- An item may be any type of product that is manufactured, developed, grown by a farm business, and provided by a manufacturer, business entity, individual, group of individuals, etc.
- an item may be food (e.g., produce, dairy products, canned goods, etc.), an article of clothing, a plant or similar type of horticultural product, a machined part for an engine, sporting goods, etc.
- an item may be associated with live animals or fish, such as livestock (e.g., cattle) that are raised by a livestock provider and sold to a livestock processing business.
- livestock e.g., cattle
- an item may be a domesticated or non-domesticated animal, such as a dog or reptile that is raised and/or maintained by an animal provider or caretaker (e.g., pet store, zoo, etc.).
- the collected information may be used to perform various inventory management processes that enable a user to control the inventory of items, monitor shrinkage, facilitate and identify recalled or defective items included in the inventory, manage the misplacement of items within the environment, and receive alert messages associated with a variety of items inventory conditions, such as security conditions, out of stock conditions, etc.
- an environment e.g., retail store, etc. uses a system of RFID-enabled structures, such as shelf units, to keep track of an inventory of items.
- a system is described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,084,769, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- Methods and systems consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention enable data associated with the items to be repeatedly collected by a data collection system.
- a user may operate a user interface that provides demand-based item information (i.e., when the user requests it) or exception-based item information (i.e., when something unusual or noteworthy occurs).
- an intelligent inventory management application and/or the user may manage out of stock items, monitor shrinkage, perform rapid recall functions, and send out alerts about noteworthy events.
- FIG. 1 is a high level block diagram of an exemplary inventory management system 100 consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention.
- system 100 may include one or more environments 110 - 1 to 110 -N interconnected by a network 180 .
- Environments 110 - 1 to 110 -N may also be directly connected via a direct communication path between the environments (not shown).
- Network 180 may represent any type of communication configuration that allows environments 110 - 1 to 110 -N to exchange information.
- network 180 may be a Local Area Network (LAN), a Wide Area Network (WAN), and a combination of networks, such as the Internet.
- network 180 may include the infrastructure that allows environments 110 - 1 to 110 -N to exchange information using wireless based communications.
- Environments 110 - 1 to 110 -N may each represent an environment associated with a business or non-business entity.
- each environment 110 may include, or is associated with, physical structures that manufacture, produce, maintain, store, and/or sell items.
- environments 110 - 1 to 110 -N may represent a retail store that sells items, a warehouse that purchases, stores, maintains, and/or ships items, a stock room that stores supplies, etc.
- Environments 110 - 1 to 110 -N may also represent a main office business entity that manages the sale, production, storage, etc., of items located and sold in other environments 110 .
- environments 110 - 1 to 110 -N may also represent a main office business entity that manages the sale, production, storage, etc., of items located and sold in other environments 110 .
- several environments e.g., 110 - 1
- environment 110 -N may represent a main office that manages the inventory and other business aspects of each of the several environments.
- one or more environments may perform intelligent inventory management based on item information collected by automated services performed within the environment(s).
- each environment 110 - 1 to 110 -N may include an Intelligent Inventory Management System (IIMS) 105 , a Data Collection System (DCS) 160 , and item inventory 170 .
- IIMS 105 may represent one or more computing systems, such as a server, personal computer, workstation, laptop, or any other similar computer system known in the art, that performs one or more processes consistent with certain aspects of the present invention.
- FIG. 1 shows IIMS 105 located within each environment, certain aspects of the invention enable the IIMS 105 to be located outside an environment as well. For instance, a department store chain may have several stores connected by a network to a single IIMS 105 .
- DCS 160 may be a configuration of hardware, firmware, and/or software that performs data collection functions consistent with certain aspects of the invention.
- DCS 160 includes components that collect item information from one or more items included in item inventory 170 using RFID technologies.
- Item inventory 170 may represent one or more items that are physically located within the respective environment 110 .
- Item inventory 170 may also include one or more types of items that may or may not be similar in characteristics, size, price, taste, functionality, etc.
- environment 110 - 1 represents a supermarket store
- item inventory may include different types of food and beverages, with each type of item including a number of items.
- environment 110 - 1 may include thousands of items of different types of beverages and other edible items.
- item inventory 170 may include different types of tools, machines, appliances, etc.
- each item may be associated with an RFID tag that includes item information associated with the respective item.
- an RFID tag may include identification information unique to the item that the tag is attached, such as an a serial number or a price number.
- the RFID tag may include item information representing a type and/or associated characteristics of the item, and information identification an environment the RFID tag is located (e.g., for scenarios where IIMS 105 is located outside an environment).
- DCS 160 may be configured to retrieve the item information from RFID tags associated with each item included in item inventory 170 and provide the information to IIMS 105 .
- environment 110 - 1 associated with the antennae
- pegboard displays including pegboard displays, garment racks, shelf-end displays, cabinets, kiosks, backroom or warehouse racks, display cases, and point of sale or checkout lane equipment.
- RFID based shelf units include RFID readers associated with POS locations (e.g., checkout lanes), warehouse racks, portal areas, etc.
- the characteristics of the antennae e.g., form factor
- the rate at which antennae are read may require adjustment for use in applications other than shelves.
- RFID based components and systems that may be implemented with methods and systems consistent with the present invention is described in the previously mentioned U.S. Pat. No. 7,084,769, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- FIG. 2 shows a block diagram of an exemplary environment 110 - 1 consistent with certain features of the present invention.
- environment 110 - 1 may include IIMS 105 , a Request Response Manager (RRM) 220 , and DCS 160 .
- RRM Request Response Manager
- IIMS 105 may include a CPU 201 , memory 202 , display 204 , and database 215 .
- CPU 201 may be any type of processor (or processors) known in the art.
- CPU 201 may be configured to execute instructions and perform processes consistent with certain principles related to the present invention.
- FIG. 2 shows only one CPU 201 included in IIMS 105 , one skilled in the art would realize that a number of different architectures may be implemented by methods, systems, and articles of manufacture consistent with certain features related to the present invention.
- CPU 201 may be replaced, or supplemented, by a plurality of processors with one or more of them performing multi-tasking and/or multiprocessing operations.
- Display 204 may be any type of device that presents information to a user, such as a computer screen in a workstation, laptop, dumb terminal, kiosk, etc.
- Database 215 may be one or more storage device systems that store information used by IIMS 105 to perform the intelligent inventory management features consistent with the present invention.
- Database 215 may be controlled by a database server (not shown), such as an SQL database server. Further, a Java DataBase Connectivity (JDBC) driver for the SQL server may be used to access the SQL server database.
- JDBC Java DataBase Connectivity
- Database 215 may store information associated with each identifier included in the RFID tags. Thus, for each Stock Keeping Unit (SKU) (i.e., information associated with an item reflecting at least a certain type of product (e.g., item type), made by a certain manufacturer, in a certain size, color, style, etc.), the item information stored in database 215 may be selected from:
- SKU Stock Keeping Unit
- a Universal Price Code UPC
- EPC Electronic Price Code
- a seasonality indicator may represent a relationship between an item and a period of time associated with different events or seasons, such as holidays, a time frame surrounding a certain date of a special event (e.g., the Super Bowl), etc.
- a soap product may have a seasonality indicator representing no seasonal characteristics, such as “no season,” wreaths may have a “Christmas” indicator, charcoal may have a “summer” indicator, etc.
- promotional items e.g., those items that are being specially marketed by a manufacturer or retailer
- the seasonality indicators may be used by ISSA 200 and/or a user to determine when to remove or restock certain items in item inventory 170 .
- a shelf life of the item may be a period of time that an item may be allowed to be included in item inventory 170 .
- perishable products such as milk
- Non-perishable products may also have a limited period of time to be present in inventory 170 based on one or more factors, such as previous sales of items of a similar type, limited promotional time frames, etc.
- Historical data about the sales rate of each type of item may extend back a certain period of time, such as a certain number of days, hours, etc.
- the historical sales data may be formatted in such a manner that provides information reflecting a quantity of sold items of a given type over a period of time, such as a table including a column of sales data having 168 rows representing 7 days multiplied by 24 hours. The column may have fewer rows for an environment that operates less than 24 hours per day, such as a retail store or business that is not open round-the-clock.
- database 215 may include additional columns of sales rate data for an item, for example representing certain conditions, such as a standard price, a promotional price, a holiday season, a clearance condition, etc.
- Holiday seasons may be extended (e.g., Christmas) or short (e.g., Memorial Day, July 4, Labor Day, etc.).
- Other situations that may produce unusual selling patterns include the Super Bowl, or the days before predicted severe weather such as a blizzard or hurricane.
- Historical out-of-stock data representing one or more conditions when a type of item has been unavailable in item inventory 170 .
- a shelf “volume” size of an item representing a size characteristic of a single package unit of an item representing a size characteristic of a single package unit of an item.
- the size characteristic may be measured as a rectilinear solid or other types of geometrical spaces that may be mathematically represented and manipulated by a process executed by a computer and/or user.
- the shelf volume size may be considered to extend up to another shelf positioned adjacent to the shelf whereon an item is currently located.
- One or more locations within environment 110 - 1 where the item is preferably located such as shelf numbers or warehouse locations.
- shrinkage information may be associated with a condition where a large number of items of a certain type are removed from a shelf in a small amount of time.
- database 215 may store item information selected from:
- a cost of the item to a business entity associated with environment 110 - 1 such as a retailer.
- Item location information representing a current physical location of the item in environment 110 - 1 (or if sold, the last known location of the item).
- a preferred customer number of a purchaser representing a unique number assigned to a user that purchases or may purchase items located within environment 110 - 1 .
- Database 215 may be configured to store data in various data formats and database configurations.
- database 215 may store one or more tables that include information used by ISSA 200 to perform certain functions related to the present invention. These tables may include:
- tblAlerts a table that stores alerts and alert confirmations associated with certain events within environment 110 - 1 .
- tblCompany a table that stores information about a business entity (e.g., company) that owns, leases, manages, and/or is associated with environment 110 - 1 .
- a business entity e.g., company
- tblCurEPC a table that stores information regarding current EPCs at a given location within environment 110 - 1 (e.g., at a given shelf).
- tblEPC a table that stores information relating an EPC code to product information, such as manufacturer, SKU, and other types of information associated with a product (e.g., an item).
- tblEPCReader a table that stores information that relates to an EPC reader device, such as reader 262 .
- tblEPCSkuBase a table that stores information regarding a base level inventory for an EPC reader device (e.g., reader 262 ) and any item types associated with the reader.
- tblERPInv a table that stores information associated with a current theoretical inventory (e.g., a planned or proposed inventory that should be present in environment 110 - 1 as opposed to actual inventory) provided by an Enterprise Resource Planning system (ERP) or other types of inventory systems.
- ERP Enterprise Resource Planning
- An ERP system is a business management system that integrates many facets of a business, including planning, manufacturing, sales, and marketing, such as those ERP systems provided by SAP, Oracle, and PeopleSoft.
- tblInventoryAlertConfig a table that stores configuration items for an inventory alert job (e.g., a task performed by IIMS 105 that provides alert messages based on one or more inventory conditions).
- tblInventoryRemovalAlertConfig a table that stores configuration data for an Inventory Removal Alerts process.
- tblManu a table that stores information associated with one or more manufacturers of items included in inventory 170 .
- tblReaderType a table that stores information that defines actions that an EPC reader may perform (e.g., read, turn displays on/off, adjust power level, etc.).
- tblReaderTypeActions a table that stores a list of possible actions for a given EPC reader.
- tblRelatedEPC a table that stores identification information for any EPC readers that are related to one of another (e.g., connected to a common shelf unit, associated with a common antenna or antennae, etc.).
- tblRemEPC a table that stores EPCs that are no longer located at a given location within environment 110 - 1 (e.g., no longer on a designated shelf).
- tblRequestBroker a table that stores information defining a request broker location and associated ports (e.g., TCP/IP port identifiers).
- tblSku a table that holds information about item SKU information.
- tblSkuCat a table that stores information regarding one or more categories for various items.
- tblStore a table that stores information about environment 110 - 1 .
- tblUser a table storing a list of any users that are authorized to access ISSA 200 .
- tblVirtualCommands a table that stores a list of virtual commands for an EPC reader.
- the command list may include commands that may be sent to an RFID reader to direct the RFID tag to perform one or more operations, such as storing item information.
- Database 215 may include more or fewer tables that are configured to store various types of information used by ISSA 200 .
- Memory 202 may be one or more known type of storage devices that store data used by IIMS 105 .
- Memory 202 may be, but is not limited to, a magnetic, semiconductor, and/or optical type storage device.
- Memory 202 may also be a storage device that allows CPU 201 quick access to data, such as a cache memory.
- memory 202 may store data and/or program instructions (e.g., applications) to implement methods consistent with certain features related to the present invention.
- the software that may be included in memory 202 is Intelligent Shelf Software Application (ISSA) 200 .
- ISSA Intelligent Shelf Software Application
- ISSA 200 may be an application program, such as a web-enabled application, that provides information to a user, or to an ERP system. Accordingly, ISSA 200 may be configured to receive data from, and supply data to, a user or an ERP system (or other types of business management systems). ISSA 200 may temporarily store inventory data collected from DCS 160 in database 215 before transferring portions of the data to the user and/or an ERP system. In one aspect of the invention, a user may customize ISSA 200 to determine how much inventory data is managed and stored in database 215 and how inventory data is kept in an ISSA system located at another environment, such as environment 110 -N.
- ISSA 200 may execute and/or operate with one or more security processes that are configured to control access to the functions of ISSA 200 .
- ISSA 200 may execute a security process that requires a user to provide a valid username and password (or other form of identification) to access the features provided by IIMS 105 , including those performed by ISSA 200 .
- ISSA 200 may assign one or more roles to a user. Based on an assigned role, ISSA 200 (or any other application and/or process included in IIMS 105 ) may determine which tasks (e.g., programs executed by ISSA 200 via CPU 201 ) a corresponding user may access.
- ISSA 200 may control whether a user is to receive certain types of alerts that may be received by ISSA 200 from other components within environment 110 - 1 , such as DCS 160 . Also, ISSA 200 may include a process that, when executed by CPU 201 , creates and maintains a log file of any transactions performed by a user, such as adding data, requesting data, and/or modifying data in database 215 .
- ISSA 100 may include one or more user interfaces 210 that allow a user to exchange information with ISSA 200 , such as through display 204 .
- User interface 210 allows a user to request data in the form of commands or queries that are processed by business logic/transaction engine 230 .
- Business logic/transaction engine 230 may be software, when executed by CPU 201 , manages one or more tasks (i.e., processes) consistent with certain features related to the present invention.
- these tasks may include an out of stock control task 231 , shrinkage monitoring task 232 , rapid recall task 233 , EPC writer task 234 , other features task 235 , and alerts task 239 .
- Out of stock control task 231 provides management functions to ISSA 200 associated with item inventory 170 .
- out of stock control task 231 may perform an inventory process that determines, on command and/or periodically, a physical inventory of items included in some or all of inventory 170 , such as an actual inventory of items currently resting on a store shelf.
- Task 231 may allow a user (e.g., customer, employee, etc.) to request and view the results of the inventory process on a display device, such as peripheral device 255 or display 204 .
- Task 231 may determine whether any item types are out of stock (e.g., not available for purchase by a customer because no items of that type are positioned in a location that the customer may collect and purchase).
- Task 231 may create a list of these out of stock item types and prioritize them based on or more factors, such as lost profits due to the item type being out of stock for a previous period of time (e.g., last month), lost profits due to the item type being out of stock at the time the out of stock condition was determined, availability elsewhere in environment 110 - 1 (e.g., in a back storage room), and sale term (e.g., a new release of a popular DVD, snow shovel sales during a blizzard, etc.).
- a previous period of time e.g., last month
- lost profits due to the item type being out of stock at the time the out of stock condition was determined e.g., availability elsewhere in environment 110 - 1 (e.g., in a back storage room)
- sale term e.g., a new release of a popular DVD, snow shovel sales during a blizzard, etc.
- out of stock control task 231 may perform an item misplacement process that creates a log of any items that are positioned in an incorrect location within environment 110 - 1 , such as when an item is placed on a wrong shelf. Further, task 231 may generate and/or forward a misplacement alert message when an item is determined to be misplaced. Also, task 231 may perform a shelf count threshold process that allows a user and/or ISSA 200 to receive and/or be alerted in the event of, an indication of any item types that have a shelf count below a threshold value for a given location. A shelf count represents a number of items of a certain type that are actually present in a given location associated with the item type.
- a certain shelf may be assigned to a type of item (e.g., canned soup).
- the shelf count of the exemplary item type would represent how many items of a particular type are located in the assigned shelf.
- the threshold value may be determined by a user and/or calculated by ISSA 200 based on one or more conditions, such as how many items of the certain type were previously removed from the given location during the same day, a week earlier, during the hours from a present time until the environment 110 - 1 is no longer open to customers, and/or until a next scheduled restocking of the item type.
- the threshold value may be adjusted by one or more factors representing certain conditions associated with the item or external conditions, such as whether the item type is exposed to a sale promotion, a holiday shopping season, a time frame corresponding to a special event (e.g., the Super Bowl, weather conditions etc.).
- out of stock control task 231 may also determine how much revenue (e.g., money) is being lost as a function of a certain period of time (e.g., lost revenue per hour) based on an item being out of stock (e.g., unavailable to a customer for purchase). Also, out of stock control task 231 may determine one or more factors that may influence the sale of items of a particular type. These factors may include, but are not limited to, pricing of the items of the item type, seasonal characteristics associated with the sale of the items, and sales of other types of items included in inventory 170 .
- Out of stock control task 231 may also determine one or more alternate locations within, and/or external to, environment 110 - 1 that a type of item may be repositioned based on previous sales associated with the item type and/or whether the item type is out of stock. Further, when an item type is determined to be out of stock, task 231 may generate a message to be displayed on a display device reflecting the out of stock condition.
- the out of stock message may also include other information, such as an apology for the out of stock condition, an offer for a discount of the sale price of another item of a type similar to the out of stock item type (e.g., store or generic brand product), a rain check for the out of stock item, and directions to an alternate environment (e.g., nearby store) that includes an item of the same type in its inventory and the item's price.
- other information such as an apology for the out of stock condition, an offer for a discount of the sale price of another item of a type similar to the out of stock item type (e.g., store or generic brand product), a rain check for the out of stock item, and directions to an alternate environment (e.g., nearby store) that includes an item of the same type in its inventory and the item's price.
- Shrinkage task 232 may perform processes that manage the shrinkage of items included in inventory 170 , such as the loss of inventory through theft, bookkeeping errors, and misplacement.
- shrinkage task 232 may perform a process that determines, and/or allows a user to receive information reflecting, when physical shelf inventory and/or theoretical shelf inventory are off by a certain percentage.
- Theoretical shelf inventory represents a value determined by ISSA 200 corresponding to an inventory of items that should be located in a particular location in environment 110 - 1 . For example, in a case of high-value merchandise, a user may wish to know when the physical and theoretical inventory quantities are different by only one unit.
- shrinkage task 232 may perform a process that determines, and/or allows a user to view, which locations of environment 110 - 1 are experiencing the greatest shrinkage. Also, task 232 may perform a process that determines, and/or allows a user to view or be alerted, when items are removed from the shelf in a predetermined quantity, such as a quantity defined by a store manager.
- the predetermined quantity may represent a large quantity of items that are removed in a relatively short time, which may possibly indicate a theft condition. The removal of a large quantity of items, however, may also denote an exceptionally good customer deserving immediate customer service.
- shrinkage task 232 may record a detected shrinkage condition in a log and may send an interrupt signal to one or more peripheral devices, such as silent alarms, flashing lights over a gondola, a camera or video time stamp, or an audio “thank you message.” Further, shrinkage task 232 may create and provide a message to a user (e.g., sales clerk, employee of environment 110 - 1 , etc.) that includes information to dispatch the user to the area to offer assistance to a “valued customer.”
- a user e.g., sales clerk, employee of environment 110 - 1 , etc.
- Rapid recall task 233 may perform one or more processes that allow a user or business entity (e.g., retailer, item manufacturer, etc.) to trace items based on critical data, such as lot number, age, etc.
- Task 233 may determine and provide information about an item or items that may need to be removed from a shelf, or whose sales should be accelerated for other reasons.
- certain types of items may have an associated expiration date determined by their manufacture, such as pharmaceuticals, health and beauty products, and perishable goods (e.g., foodstuffs). Although some of these items may still be safe (and pharmaceuticals still be effective) for some time beyond the expiration date, accepted practice may be not to sell the items after their expiration date.
- shrinkage task 233 may identify items that are approaching an expiration date and provide information to a user that indicate the expiration date condition. Further, task 233 may provide suggestions to promote the sale of these items before their expiration date, such as determining an alternate location in, or outside, environment 110 - 1 that has a history of higher item sales (e.g., a front of a shelf), and/or suggestions to sell the items at lower prices.
- task 233 may provide information to a user when an item or items have expired so that the items may be removed from inventory 170 .
- Rapid recall task 233 may also provide information associated with purchase planning for item types. For example, an item type that is not selling well (e.g., sales of the item are not reaching expected levels) before its corresponding expiration date may be indicative of excess inventory. Accordingly, task 233 may provide information that reflects a relationship between previous sales of an item type and expiration dates for items of that item type.
- rapid recall task 233 may access database 215 to collect shelf life information associated with each item in inventory 170 .
- Shelf life information may represent an approximate useful life of an item, which may be determined from an expiration date for certain types of items. Alternatively, shelf life may represent a usual turnover time for the item, regardless of its useful life or expiration date.
- Task 233 may determine when an item has exceeded its shelf life and provide an indication of this condition to a user, via a display device (e.g., display 204 ).
- Rapid recall task 233 may also access database 215 to collect time-stamped temperature data associated with certain items in inventory 170 .
- the temperature data may reflect a temperature value of an area proximate to a one or more items stored in environment 110 - 1 , such as a refrigerated shelf unit. Rapid recall task 233 may use the temperature data to calculate a reduced shelf life or predict spoilage for temperature dependent items, such as milk. Further, task 233 may provide and/or forward an alert message to a user that reflects a condition when the temperature of a particular area (e.g., refrigerated shelf unit) falls below an acceptable level for any items stored in the area.
- a particular area e.g., refrigerated shelf unit
- rapid recall task 233 may provide, as an additional safety feature against database error, an alert to one or more locations within or external to environment 110 - 1 .
- an alert message e.g., sound and/or display message
- Rapid recall task 233 may also determine which items have been modified by a manufacturer or supplier and, based on this determination, provide information reflecting possible actions that may help move older inventory. For example, products (i.e., items) sometimes undergo a style change, such as a new package style, a different size, a color change, a flavor change, etc. While the existing product is still good, a retailer may want to sell off existing older stock as soon as possible because customers may be reluctant to purchase a perceivably older product. Accordingly, rapid recall task 233 allows the retailer to locate such restyled merchandise and to move it to more marketable locations, such as onto the sales floor, in the front of shelves, and/or offer the merchandise at a discounted price to move the older merchandise from inventory 170 .
- a style change such as a new package style, a different size, a color change, a flavor change, etc. While the existing product is still good, a retailer may want to sell off existing older stock as soon as possible because customers may be reluctant to purchase a perceiv
- Items also may be defective when they arrive in environment 110 - 1 . In the case of pharmaceuticals, it may be imperative to remove the item immediately to prevent possible health risks. These items may be destroyed at environment 110 - 1 or returned to the manufacturer. Further, a defective item may need to be recalled by the manufacturer. Accordingly, removing the defective item from inventory 170 before it is purchased may save time for a retailer and the customer, as well as permit the item to be returned to the manufacturer intact in its original package. Rapid recall task 233 may perform one or more processes that address these types of situations. For example, in some cases, an item may have a defect that renders it less valuable, while not constituting a health or safety risk, such as an item with a missing part, a cosmetic defect, a mismatched part, etc.
- a manufacturer may be able to identify these items after they have been delivered to environment 110 - 1 based on an identification number associated with the delivery (e.g., lot numbers). However, once a large number of items are warehoused and/or shipped, different lots may become mixed together and the retailer may have problems identifying the items affected without opening the packages. However, with the RFID tagging features associated with certain aspects of the present invention, the manufacturer may identify a range of RFID serial numbers that were incorrectly packaged. Environment 110 - 1 may receive these serial numbers and allow ISSA 200 to identify the defective items in inventory 170 . Rapid recall task 233 may perform a process that searches database 215 for items associated with the received serial numbers for the defective items and provide this information to a user, perhaps through display 204 or other peripheral devices.
- an identification number associated with the delivery e.g., lot numbers
- the manufacturer may identify a range of RFID serial numbers that were incorrectly packaged. Environment 110 - 1 may receive these serial numbers and allow ISSA 200 to identify the defective items in inventory 170 . Rapid recall task 233 may
- the user may then offer customers various marketing incentives to move the defective items from inventory 170 .
- a customer may be offered a discount on a defective item for purchasing it “as-is.”
- a cashier may either take the customer's name and address and relay this information to the manufacturer, or the customer may be given a key number with which to order a missing part free of charge from the manufacturer, such as through the Internet.
- the known missing part may be shipped to the retailer to be handed out as a free “service package.” Procedures like these would save the manufacturer shipping and handling costs involved in returning the entire package.
- a retailer might even use this feature to offer a special discount to a customer willing to purchase an “open carton” or such as product returned by another customer, that may lack items not due to manufacturer's fault.
- a retailer may offer a special discount on packages damaged in the retailer's inventory 170 , without worrying that unscrupulous customers might damage good boxes on the shelf and seek to obtain a discount.
- a computer readable medium e.g., CD-ROM, DVD, magnetic disk, etc.
- Rapid recall task 233 may identify these types of defective items using the RFID tags 280 in inventory 170 . Consequently, the retailer and/or manufacturer may offer a customer a small discount to purchase an “out-of-date” or “buggy” product, with the customer understanding that the product may be brought up to specification with a few minutes' time on the Internet to download the corrective code.
- environment 110 - 1 may provide one or more workstations that a user may use to download the corrective code while in environment 110 - 1 .
- EPC writer 234 may be a process that is used to aid ISSA 200 write EPCs to particular RFID tags 280 .
- EPC writer 234 may access database 215 to obtain identification numbers, such as a UPC, for particular items that are to be tagged with an EPC on an RFID tag 280 . Further description of these aspects of the invention is described below with respect to the section, EPC Writer.
- Other features task 235 may perform one or more applications associated with advertising, price sensitivity, sales optimization, automatic pricing, and customer information and services.
- other features task 235 includes an Advertising, Price Sensitivity, and Sales Optimization (APSSO) application that determines relationships reflecting how advertising (e.g., marketing and/or presentment of items) and/or price influences the sales or possible sales of items or item types that are presented to customers that interact with inventory 170 .
- This application may create, on demand or periodically, a summary of how often an item or items of a certain type are physically moved from their current location in environment 110 - 1 , such as when an item is taken off of a shelf and replaced.
- the APSSO application may request and receive periodic inventory updates of inventory data reflecting a current inventory of items in inventory 170 .
- the APSSO application may leverage the out of stock task 231 to collect the inventory information, or alternatively send commands to inventory request interface 250 to collect the information itself, such as requesting an inventory reading a shelf's contents at least every few seconds.
- the APSSO application may compare the collected inventory information to sale rate data associated with the items corresponding to the collected inventory information to provide an indication (e.g., a ratio) of a number of item examination events per single purchase event.
- the indication, or ratio may describe how much attention an item is getting from customers, as opposed to the rate of item purchases.
- the data could be correlated with location information associated with the item, for instance, whether the item was at eye level, on a shelf-end display, positioned in the front of a store, positioned in a promotional display, positioned in the back of the store, etc.
- eye level may refer to one or more distances extending from the floor of environment 110 - 1 where items are displayed for purchase, such as 5 feet to 7 feet high.
- eye level is not intended to be limited by this exemplary range of distances. Any distance from the bottom of a structure that supports item(s) that rests on the floor of environment 110 - 1 may be associated with the term eye level without departing from the scope of the invention.
- the distance associated with the term eye level may be based on the type of environment 110 - 1 represents. For example, a clothing manufacturer and/or retailer may determine that eye level refers to a distance lower than that of a distance defined by a food retailer.
- the APSSO application may determine how often an item is purchased in pairs, triples, etc. Further, for a given item type, the APSSO application may identify other items of other types that are moved from their current position in environment 110 - 1 at, or about (e.g., within a few seconds, minutes, etc.), the same time as the given item type has an item moved, known as a correlated time of purchase. The APSSO application may also determine which items of a given type, if any, have not moved from their respective positions for a defined time period. Alternatively, or additionally, the APSSO application may determine what items of a given type have been moved and replaced for a defined time period (i.e., items that are not being purchased by the customers).
- the APSSO application may identify any items of a given type that have undergone a price change within a previous period of time, such as the past day, week, month, etc.
- the APSSO application may generate a list of these price changed items and provide the list to a user via a peripheral device (e.g., device 255 ) and/or display 204 .
- the APSSO application may determine, based on the identified items with price changes, a relationship between these items and the number of item examination events (e.g., when a customer picks up an item and replaces it).
- the APSSO application may interact with an expert system (internal or external to IIMS 105 ) to analyze historical data on cross-item or correlated sales, sales velocity (i.e., how rapidly or slowly are items being sold and their respective inventory being depleted), price-sales sensitivity (e.g., a relationship between previous sales of an item type and sale price events for that item type), seasonality, etc., to suggest improvements in store layout and shelf organization. That is, the expert system and/or the APSSO application may determine and provide suggestions to a user via a peripheral device on alternative locations for certain item types based on the above analyzed information.
- an expert system internal or external to IIMS 105
- sales velocity i.e., how rapidly or slowly are items being sold and their respective inventory being depleted
- price-sales sensitivity e.g., a relationship between previous sales of an item type and sale price events for that item type
- seasonality etc.
- Other features task 235 may also include an Automatic Pricing Application (APP) that performs processes that manage the sale price of an item.
- the APP may receive and/or collect price plans from database 215 (or any other memory device that may store these plans) and automatically update a displayed item sale price on a display device (e.g., an LCD mounted on a shelf supporting the item).
- a price plan may represent a price schedule for certain or all item types in inventory 170 that is generated by a price plan process executed by a computing device (e.g., IIMS 105 ) or generated by a user (e.g., retail store manager).
- an exemplary price plan may include scheduled promotions that suggest reducing the price of certain item types based on these promotions.
- a price plan may consider season or time dependent conditions, such as holidays, weather conditions, etc., to determine how to modify the price of an item type.
- the price plan process may collect periodic weather information from a server system that accesses and stores current weather data for a surrounding area proximate to environment 110 - 1 (e.g., 50-100 mile radius, city limits, etc.)
- the price plan may use the collected weather information to determine whether the sale price of certain items (e.g., snow shovels, stock wood studs, etc.) should be adjusted.
- a user e.g., store manager
- the APP may also correlate, in real time, the price of a target item with the age of the shelf inventory associated with the target item, an amount of items of the same type as the target item in theoretical inventory, and the sales velocity of other item types whose sales correlate with the sale of the target item.
- the APP may generate a report reflecting the correlation(s) and provide the report on demand or on a scheduled basis to a peripheral device (e.g., storage device, display device, printer, etc.).
- a peripheral device e.g., storage device, display device, printer, etc.
- the other features task 235 may also include a Customer Information and Special Services Application (CISSA) that performs processes that provide users (e.g., customers shopping in environment 110 - 1 ) with assistance in locating an item of interest under a variety of special circumstances.
- CISSA Customer Information and Special Services Application
- the CISSA may also provide item inventory availability information to remote users (i.e., customers).
- a user remotely located from environment 110 - 1 may access a web site hosted by a server operated in association with environment 110 - 1 through network 180 . Using the web site, the user may request the availability of one or more items of one or more types at environment 110 - 1 (e.g., is an item in inventory 170 ).
- the CISSA may receive the request from the computer server and determine whether the request items are available in inventory 170 .
- the CISSA may access database 215 to collect inventory information collected by out of stock task 231 .
- the CISSA may request a search for the requested items throughout environment 110 - 1 by providing one or more commands to RRM 220 and DCS 160 .
- the CISSA may generate a request for the availability of the requested items at one or more remote environments (e.g., environment 110 -N) and receive back a response indicating whether the requested item(s) are available at these respective locations.
- the remote environment may perform a local inventory search process to determine whether the item is currently in stock. Based on the local search, the remote environment may provide a response message to environment 110 - 1 indicating the result of the local search (e.g., the item is or is not available at that location).
- remote environments may periodically provide their current inventory data to environment 110 - 1 .
- ISSA 200 may receive and store this received information in a database (e.g., database 215 ) for access by the CISSA as needed.
- the CISSA may provide the user (via the computer server and network 180 ) a response indicating a real-time availability of a requested item at environment 110 - 1 and/or at alternate environments, such as a user's favorite retail outlet or the nearest three or four alternative outlets.
- the CISSA may provide the same item availability functions described above through computing devices located within environment 110 - 1 (e.g., kiosks located in a store). For example, when a customer arrives at a store (e.g., environment 110 - 1 ) expecting to find a particular item and is disappointed to learn the item is out of stock, the customer may request the item's availability using a kiosk located within the store. In addition to one or more alternative store addresses that have the item in stock, the kiosk may display to the customer an offer for an inconvenience discount (e.g., a cents off coupon for the item or perhaps another item). The customer may accept the discount by, for example, providing a simple code word/number of their choice.
- an inconvenience discount e.g., a cents off coupon for the item or perhaps another item.
- the CISSA may also provide alternate location information on a display device mounted on a shelf unit supporting an item or group of items. For example, for any item that is not in stock, the display device may display the location of, and/or directions to, the nearest alternate location (e.g., store) that currently includes the item in inventory. For items which are not out-of-stock, the display device may show the item price instead of alternate locations. As described above, the alternate locations may be determined based on these locations performing, on a periodic or a demand basis, an inventory search for the requested item.
- Alert Monitor 239 may perform one or more processes that notify a user of certain events.
- alert monitor 239 may notify a user through e-mail, a pager, a cell phone, an audible or visual signal, etc.
- Alert monitor 239 may include the appropriate software to interact with other devices, software, and/or computing systems that include the infrastructure to facilitate communications over a particular medium. That is, alert monitor 239 may send an alert message to an output interface that translates the message into a format compatible with a message relaying or provisioning system (e.g., wireless network device, etc.).
- Alert monitor 239 may receive data reflecting an event from interface 250 and/or other processes, such as one of tasks 231 - 234 , and formulate an alert message accordingly.
- the received data may reflect a pending item known to be in an alternate location (e.g., back room) so that a user (e.g., retailer employee) may bring the spare stock onto a retail floor. If the item out of stock cannot be replenished from the alternate location, the user and/or ISSA 200 may reorder the item. Further, the received data may reflect a malfunction in one or more components within environment 110 - 1 , such as an antenna 270 .
- alert monitor 239 may operate on an “exception” basis. That is, providing alert messages as an event is detected to indicate to a user when something unusual happened. Also, alert monitor 239 may operate on an escalation basis, where repeated or prolonged events would be given a higher priority. For example, a stock clerk might be alerted whenever an item was approaching an out of stock situation, or when a single shelf malfunctioned. Further, a department manager might be alerted if several types of items were out of stock, if an out of stock situation persisted for more than a day, and if a gondola went out of service.
- ISSA 200 may also include one or more inventory request interfaces 250 that collects RFID tag reader events and may receive data and/or requests from business layer 230 and request response manager 220 .
- the exchange of commands, data, and/or information within environment 110 - 1 denote a typical information flow, which may be associated with a higher level entity, such as inventory request interface 250 sending a command to a lower level entity such as DCS 160 , and in return, receiving data from the DCS 160 . Further, the information flow may also be reversed.
- DCS 160 may request information from ISSA 200 , such as antenna tuning data, or may report certain events ISSA 200 , such as a malfunction in one or more components (e.g., antenna 270 ).
- Interface 250 may be an Active Server Page (ASP) that other applications may send HTTP information.
- Interface 250 may receive EPC data from RRM 220 and send EPC eXtensible Markup Language (XML) data to a message queue that is set up for each reader 262 in DCS 160 .
- ASP Active Server Page
- XML EPC eXtensible Markup Language
- ISSA 200 may be configured using different types of architectures.
- ISSA 200 may be configured in a three-tier architecture structure that includes a top level associated with user interface 210 , a middle layer associated with business logic/transaction 230 , and a bottom layer associated with database 215 .
- the top layer user Interface 210 may be software that runs on a web browser, such as Internet Explorer (v5.0 or higher) from Microsoft® Corp.
- User interface 210 may, when executed by CPU 201 , send requests and receive responses from a computer system, such as a server (e.g., Microsoft® Internet Information Server (IIS)).
- the server may return XML and eXtensible Stylesheet Language (XSL) information to user interface 210 .
- the XML and XSL information may be applied together by user interface 210 using one of many Document Object Model (DOM) techniques (e.g., Microsoft DOM).
- DOM Document Object Model
- HTML Hypertext Markup Language
- the middle or Business Logic tier 230 exposes business logic to ISSA 200 .
- Business logic components may be developed, for example, using Microsoft.NET Classes, Microsoft VB.NET or C#.
- .NET Class components may be created from within ASP.NET Web Services. These classes may be stateless, and multi-threaded unless otherwise specified by business logic 230 .
- the database 215 tier may store data used to perform one or more inventory management processes consistent with certain features of the invention. In one aspect of the invention, there may be no business logic in this tier, that enables IIMS 105 to implement multiple types of databases. Database 215 may be accessed using different types of database languages, depending on the architecture the database is configured upon. For example, Structured Query Language (SQL) commands via ActiveX Data Objects (ADO) and/or Open DataBase Connectivity (ODBC) over Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP). Further, to prevent mismanagement of the information, database 215 tier may be configured to allow access only by business logic tier 230 .
- SQL Structured Query Language
- ADO ActiveX Data Objects
- ODBC Open DataBase Connectivity
- TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
- RRM 220 may be an application that is executed by a computing system (e.g., an RRM system (not shown)) to provide a bridge (i.e., interface) between high level components (e.g., software such as ISSA 200 ) and lower level components (e.g., hardware/firmware, such as DCS 160 ).
- FIG. 2 shows RRM 220 as a separate component, RRM 220 may be stored in memory 202 and executed by CPU 201 .
- RRM 220 may communicate between inventory request interface 250 and one or more primary controllers 260 , located in DCS 160 , or primary controller proxies (not shown) located within RRM 220 , which perform data handling or analysis on information collected from RFID tags 280 in inventory 170 .
- RRM 220 may include a user interface that allows a user to view a current status of RRM 220 . The user interface may be accessed from IIMS 105 which may execute RRM 220 .
- RRM 220 may load XML configuration documents from an RRM configuration interface (not shown) included in ISSA 200 .
- the configuration file may include one or more event lists and/or command lists, which are a list of events provided by DCS 160 and commands provided by ISSA 200 , respectively.
- RRM 220 may create a request broker 222 for each event list in the configuration file from a configuration XML document provided by ISSA 200 (e.g., inventory request interface 250 ).
- RRM 220 may create a primary controller proxy (not shown) for each event list. A primary controller proxy is further explained below with respect to DCS 160 and primary controller 260 .
- RRM 220 may create one or more response brokers 224 that handle responses from one or more primary controllers 260 or primary controller proxies included within RRM 220 .
- a response broker 224 may also send acknowledgment and/or failure information to request broker 222 indicating whether a response has been properly received from primary controller 260 .
- response broker 224 may initiate an object-oriented class based on a reader 262 that receives read data and converts it to an EPC XML document.
- Response broker 224 may also send the EPC XML document to ISSA 200 , if available. If the ISSA 200 is not available at that time, response broker 224 may store the EPC XML document in a queue until ISSA 200 is available.
- request broker 222 When request broker 222 is initiated by RRM 220 , it may be sent a list of commands from ISSA 200 .
- Request broker 222 may access the received list and execute each command. After each command is executed, request broker 222 may wait for a response from a response broker 224 , such as acknowledgement or failure response. If there is no response from response broker 224 within a certain time period (that may be defined in the command list), or a failure message is returned, another command list may executed in response to the failure. On the other hand, if an acknowledgement is received from response broker 224 , then request broker 222 may execute the next command in the command list. Once all commands in a command list are executed, request broker 222 may re-execute the commands in the command list in the original order of execution.
- Response broker 224 monitors for any responses provided by primary controller 260 or a primary controller proxy included within RRM 220 .
- response broker 224 may determine a response Internet Protocol (IP) address and creates a thread to process the received response while continuing to monitor for any additional incoming responses.
- IP Internet Protocol
- response broker 224 may provide an appropriate request broker 222 with an acknowledgment or failure information representing the status of the broker's request.
- the appropriate response broker 222 may be the broker that executed a command or request that corresponds to the received response.
- response broker 224 may dynamically initiate a method of an object to parse the data based on the configuration XML. Each class that is initiated may return similar EPC XML data. Response broker 224 may place each returned EPC XML data into a data structure, such as a table. Response broker 224 may also retrieve one or more read sequences for a given reader 262 from the table (e.g., a sequence of read commands that retrieve EPC information from certain RFID tags 280 ).
- response broker 224 may send the data to ISSA 200 .
- response broker 224 may send the EPC XML data from the queue in a particular sequence, such as oldest to newest. Once the queued EPC XML data is provided to ISSA 200 , response broker 224 may then send the current EPC XML received. On the other hand, if there is no EPC XML data in the queue for the current reader 262 , then the current EPC XML data is passed to the ISSA 200 . At that time, if ISSA 200 is unavailable, then response broker 224 may place the current EPC XML in the queue.
- ISSA 200 may request data (e.g., provide a read command) on demand (e.g., requests with response times of a few seconds or less) or periodically, such as requests that are initiated automatically on set schedules (e.g., every minute, hour, day, etc.).
- DCS 160 may acquire the requested data from RFID tags 280 through one or more antenna 270 . The rate of acquisition of the data may be based on the number of RFID tags 280 included in inventory 170 . Thus, for example, DCS 160 may collect the requested data within a few seconds for an inventory including a few hundred of tagged items or within a few minutes for much larger inventories, such as those including thousands of RFID tagged items.
- RRM 220 It is the responsibility of RRM 220 to manage the collection of the data through the components operating within DCS 160 .
- RRM 220 may be configured to sequentially provide a query for requested data to several RFID tag reader devices (e.g., reader 262 ) that are dedicated to collecting item information from RFID tags positioned in different locations within environment 170 .
- DCS 160 and RFID tag data collection are dedicated to collecting item information from RFID tags positioned in different locations within environment 170 .
- DCS 160 may be a collection of hardware, firmware, and/or software that perform data collection functions consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention.
- DCS 160 may include a primary controller 260 , one or more readers 262 , and one or more secondary controllers 266 .
- DCS 160 may control one or more antenna 270 that are associated with (e.g., mounted on) corresponding support structures (e.g., shelf units) from which one or more items rest.
- the items in inventory 170 may each be tagged with RFID tags 280 that include item information, such as an EPC reflecting various characteristics associated with the respective item.
- information within any RFID tags 280 located within a readable proximity of the activated antenna may be retrieved and provided to DCS 160 .
- the RFID tags 280 respond to RF energy emitted by antenna 270 , and this response is sensed by reader 262 , which returns digital serial data to the primary controller 260 .
- the digital serial data may be parsed by primary controller 260 and then returned to response broker 224 for further processing by ISSA 200 .
- Primary controller 260 may be a device and/or process that monitors for and receives requests (e.g., commands) from request broker 222 and consequently generates a series of corresponding commands specific to a reader 262 that environment 110 - 1 may be using to access particular items in inventory 170 .
- requests e.g., commands
- the commands provided by a request broker 222 may be formatted in accordance with a network protocol, for example, the TCP/IP protocol.
- Primary controller 260 may send the received commands (e.g., TCP/IP packets) to reader 262 and/or one or more secondary controllers 266 .
- controller 260 may pass the commands to reader 262 and/or one or more secondary controllers 266 in the form of RS-485 or other types of serial communication protocols.
- Table I shows a list of exemplary commands that primary controller 260 may provide to reader 262 and/or secondary controllers 266 .
- EXEMPLARY COMMAND Select an antenna 270 Place reader 262 in active mode Adjust a power level of reader 262 for the selected antenna 270 Perform a first read operation Determine which EPC numbers have been read Prevent the read tag(s) from responding further during a current read cycle Perform additional read operations until no more EPC numbers are read Place reader 262 in standby mode De-select the antenna 270 Continue with the next antenna 270 to be read
- Primary controller 260 also monitors for a response from reader 262 and/or secondary controller 266 that was sent one or more commands. Based on whether a response is received and the type of response, primary controller 260 may generate and send acknowledgment, non-acknowledgment (e.g., failure), and/or read information to response broker 224 .
- the read information may include EPC information associated with the RFID tags 280 in inventory 170 .
- primary controller 260 may provide one or more EPC numbers to response broker 224 each time a read operation is completed by reader 262 .
- primary controller 260 may store the EPC numbers temporarily in a memory device (not shown).
- primary controller 260 may also perform a batch transfer process that provides the read data (e.g., EPC data) all at once, or in groups, to response broker 224 .
- read data e.g., EPC data
- primary controller 260 may adjust for any differences in a received command or data stream that may be peculiar to a reader 262 that the controller may use to read information from RFID tags 280 .
- Primary controller 260 may use any of a number of readers 262 so long as the chosen reader 262 is physically able to drive one or more antennae 270 .
- Each antenna 270 may be configured to be compatible with one or more different types of readers 262 .
- a given antenna 270 may be optimized (i.e., tuned) for one frequency, so that the antenna 270 may work with any reader 262 that uses the same frequency. Accordingly, more than one reader 262 may activate any given antenna 270 within environment 110 - 1 as long as the reader 262 provides its signals using the frequency tuned to that given antenna 270 .
- controller 260 may be implemented as a software primary controller proxy (not shown) within the RRM 220 . Accordingly, communications from the primary controller proxy software may leave the RRM 220 as TCP/IP commands and are converted to RS-485 data communications by a separate device and/or process (not shown).
- Reader 262 may be one or more of any type of off-the-shelf RFID readers provided by many different manufacturers, such as the I-CODE reader provided by Philips®. More than one type of reader 262 may be implemented within DCS 160 , as long as primary controller 260 (or an equivalent device dedicated to communicate with reader 262 ) is configured to communicate with the reader 262 (e.g., provide valid commands and properly interpreting returned data). Although FIG. 2 shows reader 262 as a separate component within DCS 160 , primary controller 260 and reader 262 may be physically combined in a single electronic entity. Depending on the type of environment 110 - 1 and/or item inventory 170 , one, several, several hundred, etc. readers 262 may be used by DCS 160 to collect item information from inventory 170 . Although each reader 262 may be associated with its own primary controller 260 , a single primary controller 260 may be assigned to work with one or more readers 262 to facilitate collecting item information from inventory 170 .
- Secondary controller 266 is a computing device and/or process that may select one or more antennae 270 by controlling electronic components that act as switches to activate or deactivate a corresponding antenna 270 .
- Each secondary controller 266 may be physically located proximate to and connected with a group of antennae 270 , such as several antennae contained within a shelf or localized fixture that store items included in inventory 170 .
- environment 110 - 1 may have hundreds of secondary controllers 266 and thousands of antennae 270 .
- secondary controller 266 may also, upon receiving one or more commands from primary controller 260 , operate a peripheral device 255 to display item information from RFID tags 280 included in item inventory 170 and/or provide inventory information to a user.
- peripheral device 255 may be a display mounted on a front edge of a shelf that supports one or more items.
- peripheral device 255 may be connected directly to a serial data bus that communicates between primary controller 260 and secondary controller 266 .
- peripheral device 255 may be connected to a dedicated bus that is not tied to secondary controllers 266 (e.g., USB).
- peripheral device 255 may include an input/output device, such as a bar code reader or any other type of device that may plug into a shelf to facilitate data collection/retrieval from items with or without RFID tags 280 .
- an input/output device such as a bar code reader or any other type of device that may plug into a shelf to facilitate data collection/retrieval from items with or without RFID tags 280 .
- a user may use such a bar code scanner to collect and read the UPC number for an item and to associate an EPC number with UPC numbers already in a database. Accordingly, in circumstances where one or more items are received by environment 110 - 1 without an RFID tag 280 , the scanner may be used to facilitate associating a non-tagged item with a UPC or EPC.
- peripheral device 255 may be a monitoring device that connects to an interface mounted on a shelf unit. The monitoring device may perform checking functions, such as checking the status of any antennae in the shelf unit and items resting on the shelf.
- peripheral device 255 may communicate with one or more secondary controllers 266 .
- peripheral device 255 may represent a plurality of proximity sensors that each detect the presence of a user (e.g., customer) within a predetermined vicinity of the device 255 . Based on whether a user, or other entity, was within the vicinity (e.g., a few inches, a few feet, etc.), device 255 may generate a signal (e.g., analog or discrete signal, digital signal, etc.) that may be monitored by a processor device and/or computer executed process with analog and/or digital I/O processing capabilities.
- device 255 may be a video camera mounted within or proximate to one or more shelves for surveillance purposes.
- the camera may receive a signal (e.g., interrupt) from secondary controller 266 when it determines that an item, or a number of items above a certain threshold number, was removed from a particular location.
- the camera may be activated by the signal to record video continuously or may take a still picture only when the signal is received.
- secondary controller 266 may be to switch antennae 270 mounted within a single shelf unit (or similar support unit) storing one or more items from inventory 170 .
- secondary controller 266 may be used to communicate information to and from a user (e.g., customer, retailer employee, etc.).
- secondary controller 266 may receive from ISSA 200 (via database 215 ) item information about each item known to be on a shelf served by secondary controller 266 .
- This item information may include current price, size, weight, unit price, and/or sale status (e.g., discount on a current sale price).
- the item information may be displayed on peripheral device 255 , such as a shelf edge display.
- shelf edge displays mounted on or near the shelf. Alternately, information for each item type might cycle sequentially on a single display, pausing for several seconds before continuing to the next item type.
- the shelf edge display may be provided with a user interface button to temporarily halt the display cycle and to request additional information about the product being displayed when pressed by the user. Also, if ISSA 200 senses an item being removed from the shelf based on data provided by DCS 160 , it may instruct secondary controller 266 to display information associated with that item on the peripheral device 255 .
- Secondary controller 266 may also be configured to facilitate other interactive operations between ISSA 200 and a customer.
- a customer may be provided with an RFID-based customer card that includes an RFID tag containing information concerning or identifying a customer.
- the customer identification information may be related to information stored in database 215 or another memory device that maintains customer information, such as a current shopping list provided by the customer (via the Internet and browser software, kiosk device, etc.), and profile information associated with the customer and/or the customer's family members (e.g., clothing sizes, brand preferences, etc.).
- ISSA 200 may direct secondary controller 266 to display information about an item at the shelf that detected the customer card, such as through peripheral device 255 .
- ISSA 200 may access database 215 to collect any customer information associated with the identifier corresponding to the detected customer card. ISSA 200 may then determine whether any items or types of items located near or at the shelf that detected the card relate to the customer information stored in database 215 .
- ISSA 200 may determine whether an item is included in a shopping list created by the customer and/or relates to a list of preferred products for the customer. Further, ISSA 200 may provide additional information to secondary controller 266 for display on peripheral device 255 , such as the availability of the customer's size in the case of a clothing item, the availability of a rebate for an item, and the availability of sales or rebates for other items.
- the exemplary features associated with secondary controller 266 are not limited to RFID-based customer cards. Methods and systems consistent with certain aspects of the invention may also allow a user who is an employee or similar individual affiliated with environment 110 - 1 to be assigned an RFID-based employee card. For example, a salesperson working for a retail store may be provided with an RFID-based employee card that may be detected by antenna 270 located in any shelf unit or similar structure included in the retail store. The presence of the RFID-based employee card within the vicinity of a shelf associated secondary controller 266 may cause ISSA 200 to provide commands to DCS 160 and ultimately secondary controller 266 that direct peripheral device 255 to display information associated with the shelf.
- the information displayed may include data that identifies any out-of-date items that must be removed from the shelf, items approaching an expiration date that may be relocated forward on the shelf, moved to another location (e.g., a promotional area), and/or offered at reduced price, items that are short on stock and where to locate additional units of the items within the store (e.g., environment 110 - 1 ), and items that are misplaced and where to relocate them within the store.
- IS SA 200 may instruct secondary controller 266 to display a message that conveys expected delivery dates of new stock. Further, the message may also report an availability of a missing item at nearby stores or alternate locations remote from environment 110 - 1 .
- ISSA 200 and RRM 220 may also communicate with DCS 160 that is located at POS locations, such as checkout lanes. At these locations, ISSA 200 may interact with the POS system to facilitate certain sales transactions. For example, ISSA 200 may automatically register an item having a warranty with a manufacturer by using serial number information obtained from the EPC number of the item and/or customer identification information (e.g., name, address, etc.) collected from an RFID (or conventional) customer card. The customer may be given an option whether to accept the registration at the checkout lane, or to defer it until later.
- customer identification information e.g., name, address, etc.
- reader 262 may send RF energy through an RF bus (e.g., cable) to antennae 270 through secondary controller 266 .
- a single antenna 270 or a group of antennae 270 located adjacent to one another and working in concert, may be activated and operational at a given time based on signals provided by secondary controller 266 and/or reader 262 .
- the active period for a given antenna 270 may be based on the amount of time it takes to collect information from RFID tags 280 located in proximity to the antenna 270 .
- Secondary controller 266 under directions from the primary controller 260 , may select and activate each antenna 270 in turn. The order in which antenna 270 are selected may be optimized so that the reader 262 may be shared among many antennae 270 .
- the sharing of reader 262 may allow DCS 160 to collect inventory data more or less regularly, as well as focusing immediate attention on antennae 270 where one or more items are being moved.
- ISSA 200 may determine which antenna 270 to activate based on one more prioritization factors. These factors may include:
- antennae 270 that are located in proximity to a RFID tag 280 that was most recently added or moved;
- antennae 270 that are located in proximity of one or more antennae 270 with recent activity
- antennae 270 associated with one or more items known historically to have a high sales volume during a particular time period (e.g., time of day or week);
- antennae 270 that are associated with a pushbutton request from a customer for information, such as an interactive display peripheral device 255 mounted on a shelf including the antennae 270 ;
- antennae 270 that have an RFID card (e.g., customer or employee card) located within their read range;
- RFID card e.g., customer or employee card
- antennae 270 that have not been activated for a predetermined period of time
- antennae 270 that have one or more theft-prone items within their read range, such as high end merchandise items (e.g., jewels, etc.);
- antennae 270 that are expected to have a product of immediate interest to a user (e.g., employee or customer), such as when a user requests information reflecting whether a desired item is available “on shelf” or in a back inventory stock room;
- a user e.g., employee or customer
- antennae 270 that are associated with one or more items that have passed through a POS terminal within a predetermined period of time (e.g., recent POS sales);
- antennae 270 that are associated with one or more items approaching their shelf life.
- prioritizing factors is not intended to be limiting and ISSA 200 and/or a user may determine other prioritizing factors based on one or more variables and weighting factors associated with the characteristics of the items in inventory 170 .
- the hardware/software components of DCS 160 may perform self-monitoring and self-diagnosing operations to determine and report any operational problems to ISSA 200 .
- a shelf unit may include, within the shelf's antennae 270 read range, at least one RFID tag to provide a self-check function. Accordingly, even when the shelf is empty (i.e., no items rest upon the shelf) there is at least one RFID tag that may be read by the antennae 270 included in the shelf.
- At least one such RFID tag may be embedded near the center of, or at another location easily read by, an antenna 270 included in the shelf and another RFID tag embedded near the antenna's 270 read-range limit.
- Secondary controller 266 may, either periodically or on command from ISSA 200 , send test read signals/commands to the antenna of a target shelf 270 and monitor any responses collected from the embedded RFID tag(s) included in a corresponding shelf unit. In the event that secondary controller 266 does not receive a proper response from one or more embedded RFID tags, controller 266 (or another device, such as primary controller 260 ) may ascertain that a malfunction may have occurred.
- DCS 160 may perform various self-test read operations through neighboring components to a target shelf unit and/or target antenna 270 . For example, if another antenna 270 driven by the same secondary controller 266 can still be read, then DCS 160 may associate the malfunction with the target antenna 270 . On the other hand, if all antennae 270 served by a given secondary controller 266 are not responding to command signals from the controller (i.e., not reading any RFID tags 280 ), then DCS 160 may associate the malfunction with the secondary controller 266 . Further, if all antennae 270 served by a given primary controller 260 and reader 262 are not reading data from a secondary controller 266 , then the problem is likely within the primary controller 260 or the reader 262 .
- DCS 160 may determine whether primary controller 260 may still communicate diagnostic data with one or more secondary controllers 266 . If so, DCS 160 may associate the malfunction with reader 262 . Additionally, if RS-485 serial data communication techniques are used between primary controller 260 , reader 262 , and one or more secondary controllers 266 , DCS 160 may provide a sequential order of secondary controllers 266 that primary controller 260 may communicate with during a tag reading operation. Accordingly, if an RS-485 data cable is disconnected somewhere along its length, primary controller 260 , having been provided beforehand with the sequence information indicating the order of the secondary controllers 266 along the RS-485 link, may determine at what point the RS-485 link was disconnected.
- acknowledgment command protocols may be performed by primary controller 260 to determine which secondary controller 266 is not responding to a command. That is, communications along the RS-485 link may include commands that are acknowledged by the receiving entity on the link, and lack of acknowledgment is another means to deduce where any problems may lie.
- ISSA 200 may perform certain functions related to the present invention using object-oriented programming constructs and techniques.
- ISSA 200 may employ web services to perform certain functions related to aspects of the present invention.
- Table II shows a list of exemplary software objects that may be implemented by ISSA 200 that may be used by one or more processes (e.g., tasks 231 - 239 ) and interact with one or more of the exemplary tables included in database 215 .
- Web IssaServ/Inventory.asmx Handles all inventory related Service functions.
- Method GetItemDetail returns item detail for a given SKU including product information, EPCs and locations.
- Web IssaServ/OutOfStock.asmx Interface for client application for Service executing all business logic functions related to out of stock functionality.
- Methods GetInventoryXML Returns XML Stream of physical inventory. Data are retrieved from tblInv. OutOfLimitSKUXML Returns XML Stream of all SKUs over or under a baseline inventory. MisplacedSKUXML Returns XML stream of all SKUs that are currently misplaced on shelves.
- SKUArrangement Returns XML stream of SKUs and their currently acceptable locations.
- SetShelfArrangement Sets the current shelf arrangement, and optionally sets the baseline inventory.
- Web IssaServ/Shrinkage.asmx Handles all product shrinkage related Service processes.
- Methods MajorPullXML Returns XML Stream of SKUs or a SKU that has been pulled from location(s) in a specified amount of time based on a specified quantity.
- InventoryCompareXML Compares tblInv and tblERPinv and returns XML Stream of SKUs and locations where inventory variance is greater or less than a given value.
- Web IssaServ/Login.asmx Handles all user related functions. Service Method Login Validates a given user name and password. Web IssaServ/RapidRecall.asmx Used for RapidRecall related Service processes. Methods ExpiredProductsXML Returns XML Stream of all products that have been expired based on an expiration date in the tblSKU table.
- Web IssaServ/Alerts.asmx Used for all alert related functions Service Methods GetInventoryAlertJobs Retrieve current inventory alert configuration info GetCurrentAlertsXML Returns an XML Stream of all the current alerts in the system. RemoveAlerts Remove specified alerts from database NewInventoryAlertJob Sets an alert job to monitor products in a given location that go above or below a given percentage of their baseline inventory ConfirmAlerts Update selected list of alerts to show confirmation NewInventoryRemovalJob Sets an alert job to monitor products have been removed in a given quantity in a given amount of seconds. Web IssaServ/LookupLists.asmx Handles all drop-down list population Service functions Method GetLists Returns items to populate give drop- down list
- Jobs 240 may be one or more processes that are executed internally and/or externally from ISSA 200 and may be used to trigger alerts and retrieve information from remote locations, such as a manufacturer's website, or from entities located within environment 110 - 1 .
- Each process, or job, included in Jobs 240 may be developed using known programming languages, such as the JAVA programming language and JDBC provided by Sun Microsystems, Inc., and known scheduling software, such as Microsoft Scheduler.
- Jobs 240 may include an inventory limit job that runs periodically (e.g., every 60 seconds) and monitors inventory levels based on configurations that may have been set by a user through a user interface provided in interface 210 and stored in a configuration table within database 215 .
- This job may generate an inventory out of limits alert if any inventory items are found to be out of bounds relative to the baseline inventory (e.g., current stock above and/or below a predetermined value).
- the alert may be generated using an alert method, such as the exemplary WebService ISSAserv/Alerts.asmx/NewIn-ventoryAlertJob method described in Table II.
- the inventory limit job may direct a message provisioning service to send an e-mail to one or more predefined users each time an inventory out of limits alert occurs.
- Jobs 240 may also perform a wrong shelf job that may run continuously and monitors misplaced items that are on an incorrect shelf. If ISSA 200 determines that an item is located on an incorrect shelf, Jobs 240 may generate an alert message corresponding to that type of alert (i.e., misplaced item) and insert it into a table within database 215 , such as an alert table (e.g., tblAlerts).
- the wrong shelf job may direct a message provisioning service to send an e-mail to one or more predefined users each time a misplaced item alert occurs.
- Jobs 240 may also perform a removal limit job that may run continuously and monitor items that have been removed from their designated locations (e.g., shelf) in a quantity and time period specified by a user via user interface 210 .
- the removal limit job may generate and store information associated with the removed items in a table in database 215 , such an inventory removal table (e.g., tblInventoryRemove). Further, if this job determines one or more items that have been removed based on the specified quantity and time period values, this job may create a new alert message associated with this condition and insert into the alert table (e.g., tblAlerts).
- Jobs 240 may also perform an expired products job that may run every day at a predetermined time (e.g., 12:01 a.m.), and determine whether any items have been located in inventory 170 have reached or exceeded their corresponding expiration limit (e.g., expiration date). If the expired products job finds an item that has been expired, or is approaching an expiration date, it may create a corresponding alert message and insert it into the alert table (e.g., tblAlerts).
- a predetermined time e.g. 12:01 a.m.
- Jobs 240 may perform a SKU update job that may run periodically (e.g., every 10 minutes) that identifies any new items (e.g., SKUs) that may have been added to environment 170 .
- This job may request item information associated with the identified new items from an ERP system or a manufacturer's website using XML.
- Jobs 240 may perform a manufacturer update job that may run periodically (e.g., every 10 minutes) that monitors a table in database 215 that is updated when an item is included in inventory 170 that is provided by a manufacturer that is not registered with ISSA 200 (i.e., a new manufacturer).
- This update job may retrieve information associated with the new manufacturer from the manufacturer's website or other type of external data source.
- environment 110 - 1 may perform an EPC writer process that is designed to write EPCs to RFID tags 280 . Since the EPC process may be configured to access data on a particular tag one at a time, the process may be performed by a system that is separate from ISSA 200 . Alternatively, ISSA 200 may include a separate EPC writer process (in addition to, or in place of, EPC writer task 234 ) that is executed by IIMS 105 .
- the EPC writer process may be a Windows® executable process that may use .NET serial implementations to communicate to reader 262 .
- the EPC writer may store, in a file location, the number for the last EPC written to an RFID tag for a given manufacturer and its SKU information (e.g., item type information). Further, the EPC writer process may store a range of serial numbers, SKU information, and manufacturer ID's for an EPC and write this EPC information to the memory of one or more RFID Tags 280 .
- the EPC writer may write to RFID tags based on a standard, such as the Philips SLRM900 specification, depending on the type of RFID tags implemented by environment 110 - 1 . Alternatively, the EPC writer may write to tags using RS-232 or other serial interface communication protocols.
- inventory 170 may include one or more RFID enabled shelves that include communication capabilities with peripheral device 255 , such as a bar code reader. Accordingly, each shelf may, at least temporarily or periodically, exclusively communicate with the EPC writer process. For instance, a group of items of a certain type may be placed on a shelf by a user (e.g., stock person). One of the items may be scanned with a bar code reader to determine its corresponding UPC number. The EPC writer may then sequentially assign EPC numbers to each item in the group by incorporating the information derived from the UPC number.
- a UPC may consist of decimal (i.e., base ten) data including manufacturer number, object number, and a check digit, totaling 12 digits.
- An EPC includes binary data that may include a header, manufacturer number, object number, and electronic serial number.
- the manufacturer number may be assigned by a governing body, such as price code standards governing body.
- An object class (including the object number) may be assigned by a manufacturer.
- the serial number may also be assigned by the manufacturer.
- the EPC writer may use arbitrary number assignments until the EPC manufacturer codes are assigned.
- the existing UPC manufacturer codes which fit directly into the larger EPC manufacturer field, may be used.
- the existing UPC object class would fit into the larger EPC object field.
- the EPC writer may be used in an arbitrary pseudo-EPC field arrangement for use in initial inventory operations, such as trial inventory management processes that incorporate the current UPC field values or arbitrary values as the manufacturer's codes.
- the EPC writer may be used by environment 110 - 1 to ensure items are properly tagged.
- the EPC writer may be used by retailers, distribution centers or manufacturers, possibly for limited product lines.
- environment 110 - 1 may assign EPC codes by defining a determined number of fields (e.g., three) for the pseudo-EPC number.
- the pseudo-EPC number may be arranged with an 8-bit header (1111,1111) that corresponds to the type header in the EPC, a 52-bit UPC field that is divided into 13 subfields of 4 bits each, and a 36-bit serial number field, such as a sequential number, 0 to 68,719,476,735).
- the size of the data segments in the EPC may vary without departing from the scope of the present invention.
- the UPC number is made up of up to 13 digits, using the binary representation of each digit, one nibble per UPC digit. That is, 0 is 0000, 1 is 0001, 2 is 0010, . . . and 9 is 1001. Individual packages of a given item may be assigned unique serial numbers until more than 68.7 billion packages are encountered. Note that there may be a difference in how the UPC number and the serial number are treated by the EPC writer and environment 110 - 1 when converting to a binary representation. In the case of the UPC number, each UPC digit (up to 13 digits) is assigned a nibble in the EPC.
- a binary conversion may be performed by EPC writer digit by digit, keeping particular decimal digits in correspondence with particular EPC nibbles. In the case of the EPC serial number, however, a straight conversion may be performed from the decimal serial number to the binary serial number, which is recorded in the 36-bit EPC field.
- an exemplary 96-bit pseudo-EPC code that has been filled with an exemplary barcode for a type of item (e.g., a 10-fl oz bottle of a multi-symptom cold/flu relief medicine).
- the barcode may be 23900,00296 (or 000,23900,00296 in 13-digit form).
- a serial number of 34782 may have been assigned to make the package for this item type unique. In binary representation, 34782 is 0100,0011,1110,1111.
- Table IV shows the corresponding EPC and UPC data associated with this exemplary item type.
- UPC and EPC codes for Exemplary Item Type pseudo- EPC EPC nibble bits UPC digit Description 1 1111 8-bit header, first half 2 1111 8-bit header, second half 3 0000 0 13 th nibble - 13 th UPC digit 4 0000 0 12 th nibble - 12 th UPC digit 5 0000 0 11 th nibble - 11 th UPC digit 6 0010 2 10 th nibble - 10 th UPC digit 7 0011 3 9 th nibble - 9 th UPC digit 8 1001 9 8 th nibble - 8 th UPC digit 9 0000 0 7 th nibble - 7 th UPC digit 10 0000 0 6 th nibble - 6 th UPC digit 11 0000 0 5 th nibble - 5 th UPC digit 12 0000 0 4 th nibble - 4 th UPC digit 13 0010 2 3 rd nibble - 3
- the EPC writer may record the 12- or 13-digit UPC number electronically at the time when the serial number is assigned and the RFID tag 280 is applied to the package of the item.
- FIG. 3 shows a flowchart of an exemplary EPC writer process that may perform the above described RFID tagging process.
- the EPC writer process may obtain a list of SKUs (item types) to be tagged (Step 310 ). This list may include the UPC number for each item type and a character string identifying the item, and may be stored in a SKU table that may be filled by any known type of barcode scanning software and/or hardware.
- the SKU table may include three fields, a UPC number field, a manufacturer name field, and a character string to include general description information, such as size, flavor, etc.
- the EPC writer process may call EPC writer task 234 that operates as an assignment module in ISSA 200 .
- the call may direct task 234 to access the SKU table (which may be stored in database 215 ) and locate a corresponding UPC for each SKU included in the list obtained in Step 310 (Step 320 ).
- EPC writer task 234 may generate a query to search the SKU table for manufacturer and/or item name.
- the EPC writer task 234 may provide this information back to the EPC writer process.
- the EPC writer process may use the UPC to write the entire pseudo-EPC number to the RFID tag on each package of the item type, by for example, using a write to tag command that is executed by the RFID reader (Step 330 ). This step assigns the unique serial numbers to each tag. Further, the EPC writer process may log the pseudo-EPC into a table during this procedure, such as a table stored in database 215 (Step 340 ).
- an RFID tag 280 may contain both the serial number that is assigned as the unique RFID tag number and the pseudo-EPC number that is encoded as extra data.
- the pseudo-EPC number includes information that identifies an item
- the serial number may be read faster by reader software/hardware than the pseudo-EPC number.
- an anticollision select command provided by certain bar code readers, such as the Philips reader, may automatically return the RFID tag serial numbers.
- the read cycle for obtaining the pseudo-EPC number may be improved by storing the EPC information and corresponding serial number information in a local cache memory device (not shown).
- the reader may issue an anticollision select command when attempting to read an RFID tag 280 and initially receive the RFID tag serial number.
- the reader may then determine whether the tag serial number is located in the local cache. If it is, then the reader may retrieve the corresponding EPC number from the cache. If the tag is not stored in the cache, then the reader may read the tag data blocks to obtain the pseudo EPC number.
- the RFID tag serial number and EPC number may then be added to the cache for a subsequent read cycle.
- Environment 110 - 1 may perform a purge process that may purge the tag information contained within the cache on a periodic basis. This may provide similar data access performance as a relational type database containing the tag serial number and EPC, with less data management delays.
- User interface 210 may provide content-based interfaces to a user that enables the user to request and input information associated with the intelligent inventory management functions consistent with certain aspects related to the invention.
- FIG. 4 shows an exemplary interface map 400 that provides a framework that ISSA 200 may implement to respond to inquiries from a user via user interface 210 .
- Each box in map 400 may represent a page process performed by user interface 210 that allows a user to request and/or receive information.
- Each page may check a security key carried in a session for a current user to determine whether the user is allowed access to the corresponding page. Further, each page may post an XML document to ISSA 200 and retrieve XML information.
- content may be displayed on a display device (e.g., display 204 ) by applying style sheets to XML from COM+components described for each page.
- the page process in map 400 may interact with corresponding one or more processes included in ISSA 200 (e.g., tasks 231 - 239 ) and jobs 240 .
- FIG. 4 includes a home page 402 allows that allows a user to navigate to other pages displayed by the page process in map 400 .
- a user login page 410 that allows a user to enter a username and password.
- Page 410 may then initiate a login process, such as a WebService ISSAserv/Login.asmx/Login method. If the user is a valid user, the login page process may direct user interface 210 to execute home page process 402 . Otherwise, login page 410 may again request a user name and password.
- a login process such as a WebService ISSAserv/Login.asmx/Login method.
- File page 408 directs the user to login as new user page 410 which allows the user to create and edit user information and to set up alert subscriptions (e.g., define certain types of alerts that are desired to be reported).
- Logoff page 412 page allows the user to log off from the current login session.
- Stock level control page 414 allows the user to access various inventory level information by directing the user, for example, to View Live Inventory page 416 .
- This page allows users to view the current physical inventory at a particular location, such as a shelf.
- the user may generate a query using various fields defined by user interface 210 .
- Table V shows a list of exemplary search fields a user may use to filter a search.
- interface 210 may display a search results for Live Inventory page 416 that initiates a process (e.g., WebService IS SAserv/OutofStock.asmx/GetInventoryXML) that allows the user to search and view information associated with an item.
- a process e.g., WebService IS SAserv/OutofStock.asmx/GetInventoryXML
- This process may allow the user to receive information from another page, such as an Item Detail page (not shown).
- a user who is a vendor with merchandise included in environment 110 - 1 may be given limited local or remote access to the View Live Inventory page 416 to ascertain whether their item is being displayed according to preset agreements. For example, the vendor may determine whether their items are presented on a certain number of shelf facings, located in a particular location within a store, whether their items are positioned in a preferred location within a set of shelves, such as at eye level as opposed to higher or lower levels, etc.
- the Item Detail page may perform a process that allows a user to view information associated with an item, determine where the item is currently located in environment 110 - 1 , and a time when the item was placed at that location. Items may be considered to be located at a particular physical location (e.g., a particular shelf) if the item is read by a single reader antenna 270 , or on a “virtual shelf” if the item is read by multiple reader antennae 270 that are associated with each other in a relationship table, such as a tblRelatedEPC table included in database 215 .
- a relationship table such as a tblRelatedEPC table included in database 215 .
- the View SKU Out of Limits page 418 allows a user to view information associated with one or more item types that are currently over or under an allowable percentage of baseline inventory.
- the user may be able to filter a search by using the fields shown in Table V.
- user interface 210 may display a search results for SKUs out of limits page (not shown).
- This page may initiate a process (e.g., WebService ISSAserv/OutofStockasmx/OutofimitsSK-UXML) that shows a user a current inventory for a given item or item type at a current location. Further, the process may also provide the baseline inventory value for that item at the specified location, and the difference the current inventory deviates above or below the desired baseline inventory.
- a process e.g., WebService ISSAserv/OutofStockasmx/OutofimitsSK-UXML
- the process may display the allowable percentage over and under for a given SKU and location.
- This out of limits information may be used by ISSA 200 to suggest which out-of-limits items to restock first based on expected sales information provided by a user and/or a software process that produces this information.
- ISSA 200 may also access current and historical sales data maintained in a memory device (e.g., database 215 ) to generate a report predicting expected times at which each item may become out of stock. Also, ISSA 200 may use various factors, such as pricing, seasonality, etc., to adjust the predicted information provided in the report.
- the View Lost Sales page 420 may allow a user to view information associated with item types that have lost sales due to being out of stock. The user may be able to filter a search query for these SKUs using the fields listed in Table V. Once the filter information is entered, by a user, user interface 210 may display a search results for lost sales page (not shown). This page may initiate a sales estimation process that shows the user an estimate of the sales (e.g., in dollars) lost due to the items of the item type being out-of-stock. The estimate provided by the sales estimation process may be based on a comparison of inventory levels, sales volume (current and historical), and traditional correlation of sales events for similar types of items. For example, ISSA 200 may access inventory data, sales information, etc.
- ISSA 200 may be configured to train itself by recognizing trends associated with previous sales of these item types and mining it from a database including similar information.
- the Misplaced SKUs page 422 may allow a user to view information associated with items that are currently positioned in an incorrect location within environment 110 - 1 .
- the user may be able to filter a search for misplaced items using the fields in Table V.
- interface 210 may display a search results for misplaced SKUs page.
- This page may initiate a process (e.g., WebService ISSAserv/OutofStock.asmx/MisplacedSKUXML) that displays any current items that are misplaced and their current location in environment 110 - 1 .
- the user may elect an item using, for example, the item's SKU information, from a list displayed on a display device to view the location of the selected SKU.
- Stock level maintenance page 424 directs the user to pages (e.g., 426 and 428 ) that allow the user to configure and/or view current inventory arrangements in environment 110 - 1 .
- the View Shelf Arrangement page 428 may allow a user to view information regarding any item in inventory 170 and their corresponding currently assigned locations in environment 110 - 1 .
- the user may be able to filter a search using the fields in Table V.
- user interface 210 may display a current shelf arrangements page (not shown).
- the arrangements page may perform a process (e.g., WebService ISSAserv/OutofStock.asmx/SKUArrangement) that shows items and their allowable locations (e.g., locations in environment 110 - 1 that are assigned to the respective items).
- ISSA 200 may access item price and/or sales velocity data from a database (e.g., database 215 ) to provide prioritized locations within environment 110 - 1 that items of certain types may be placed to promote increased sales and/or movement of these items.
- the Set Shelf Arrangement page 426 may allow a user to set a location for certain types of items, a category of items, items provided by certain manufacturers, a specific SKU number, and a particular range of locations within environment 110 - 1 (e.g., an aisle, a gondola, and/or a shelf). Page 426 may also allow a user to set the baseline inventory for each item type. Further, environment 110 - 1 may implement planogram software, which is a plan (e.g., a diagram, picture, etc.) that describes how and where products should be placed on retail shelves and displays. A planogram analyzes space utilization, provides financial data, along with other reports that permit retailers and manufacturers to effectively plan, set-up and manage their businesses to maximize profitability of retail space.
- planogram software is a plan (e.g., a diagram, picture, etc.) that describes how and where products should be placed on retail shelves and displays.
- a planogram analyzes space utilization, provides financial data, along with other reports that permit retailers and manufacturers to effectively plan, set-up
- the set shelf arrangement page may be downloaded from a planogram program executed by environment 110 - 1 .
- ISSA 200 may allow the planogram program to update current inventory information using the interface page information provided by the inventory data provided by the pages in map 400 .
- the planogram routine may be incorporated into ISSA 200 for execution by IIMS 105 .
- the Shrinkage Control page 430 directs the user to shrinkage information provided by pages 432 and 434 .
- the View Over Removed Inventory page 432 may allow a user to filter items by individual items, by a category of items, items provided by a particular manufacturer, by SKU numbers that are in locations within environment 110 - 1 , by particular locations within environment 110 - 1 (e.g., an aisle, a gondola, and a shelf number).
- Page 432 may allow the user to view the requested items that have been removed from their designated locations in a determined quantity within a certain period of time that may be specified by the user. It also displays an Over Removed Inventory Results page (not shown).
- This page may initiate a process (e.g., WebService ISSAserv/Shrinkage.asmx/MajorPullXML) that may show the location, item information, a time when a first item of the number of items was removed from the designated location, a time when a last item of the number of items was removed, and how many items were removed in that time period.
- a process e.g., WebService ISSAserv/Shrinkage.asmx/MajorPullXML
- the View Actual vs. ERP Inventory page 434 may allow a user to receive information associated with items located in environment 110 - 1 that have a user defined percent variance over and/or under a defined inventory level. The user may filter a search of these items individually, by a category of items, by items provided by a particular manufacturer, and a SKU number that is in a location within environment 110 - 1 , such as an aisle, a gondola, and a shelf number. Inventory page 434 may show an Actual vs. ERP Results page (not shown).
- This results page may initiate a process (e.g., WebService ISSAserv/Shrinkage.asmx/Inv-entoryCompareXML) that may show the physical inventory present in inventory 170 , such as those items located on shelves, a business defined inventory (e.g., an ERP inventory), and the percentage variance between the two.
- a process e.g., WebService ISSAserv/Shrinkage.asmx/Inv-entoryCompareXML
- a business defined inventory e.g., an ERP inventory
- the Rapid Recall page 436 may direct the user to one or more pages (e.g., 438 - 442 ) that provide information associated with items that may have expired or are approaching an expiration date.
- the View Expired SKUs page 438 may allow a user to filter items individually, by a category of items, by items provided by a particular manufacturer, by a SKU number that may be in a location within environment 110 - 1 , such as an aisle, a gondola, and a particular shelf:
- Page 438 may display an Expired SKUs Results page (not shown) that may initiate a process (e.g., WebService ISSAserv/RapidRecall.asmx/ExpiredProductsXML) that may show item descriptions, locations of items have that have expired, and a time period that these expired items have been located in their current location since their corresponding expiration dates.
- a process e.g., WebService ISSAserv/RapidRecall.asmx/Expi
- the View Upcoming Expired SKUs page 440 may allow the user to filter items individually, by a category of items, by items provided by a particular manufacturer, by a SKU number that may be in a location within environment 110 - 1 , such as an aisle, a gondola, and a particular shelf. Page 440 may allow a user to receive information regarding items that are going to expire within a certain period of time (e.g., minutes, hours, days, weeks, etc.). Further, page 440 may display an Upcoming Expired SKU Results page (not shown).
- This results page may perform a process (e.g., WebService ISSAserv/RapidRecall.asmx/ExpiredProductsXML) that may show the locations and associated items that are due to expire within the certain period of time for the given products based on the user defined filter.
- a process e.g., WebService ISSAserv/RapidRecall.asmx/ExpiredProductsXML
- the Find Serial Number page 442 may allow a user to view items within a certain serial number range.
- the user may be able to filter a search using the fields in Table V.
- user interface 210 may display the Search Results for Live Inventory page, described above.
- This page may perform a process (e.g., WebService ISSAserv/OutofStock.asmx/GetinventoryXML) that provides information regarding items with corresponding serial numbers within the range specified by the user.
- the Alerts page 444 may direct the user to one or more pages (e.g., pages 446 - 452 ) that allow the user to receive and/or set information associated with one or more types of inventory alerts.
- the Set SKU Inventory Alert page 446 may allow the user to set an alert configuration for items that drop below or go above a defined percentage of a base line inventory.
- Alert page 446 may allow the user to set the alert configuration for all items in inventory 170 , for items of a particular type, for a category of items, for items provided by a manufacturer, and for particular SKU numbers that are positioned in particular locations within environment 110 - 1 , such as an aisle, a gondola, and a particular shelf.
- Alert page 446 may initiate a process that performs the desired monitoring set by the user (e.g., WebService ISSAserv/Alerts.asmx/Newinve-ntoryAlertJob).
- the View SKU Inventory Alerts page 448 may show an alert configuration for the items and their corresponding locations in environment 110 - 1 that are currently being monitored by an inventory alerts process. Page 448 allows the user to remove inventory alert configurations that are no longer needed.
- the Set Inventory Removal Alerts page 450 may allow a user to set an alert configuration for situations where a determined number of items are removed within a determined time period.
- Page 450 may allow the user to set these types of alert configuration for individual items, all items, for a category of items, for items provided by a particular manufacturer, and for items with a SKU number that may be in a location within environment 110 - 1 , such as an aisle, a gondola, and a particular shelf.
- Page 450 may initiate a process that performs the configurations described above, (e.g., WebService ISSAserv/Alerts.asmx/NewInventoryRemov-alJob).
- the View Inventory Removal Limits page 452 may show alert configurations for the items and their corresponding locations in environment 110 - 1 that are currently being monitored by an inventory removal limits process. This page may allow the user to remove configurations of inventory removal limits that are no longer needed.
- Environment 110 - 1 may implement fewer or additional types of pages that perform various functions that may or may not be associated with the inventory management aspects related to the invention.
- user interface 210 may include one or more page processes that provide the user with general and/or specific assistance in navigating the pages provided by interface 210 .
- interface 210 may include one or more pages that allow the user to set, view and/or modify various characteristics associated with individual items or item types, such as price, size characteristics, defect status, etc.
- interface 210 may include one or more page processes that allow a user to view customer related information, such as customer profile information that is used with a customer ID card.
- environment 110 - 1 includes an ISSA 200 that performs one or more intelligent inventory management processes consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention. Each of these inventory management processes may be performed in response to a user accessing ISSA 200 via user interface 210 and/or in response to a request initiated from a non-user source, such as another task, process, and or computing entity.
- FIGS. 5-7 show flowcharts of various exemplary inventory processes that may be performed by environment 110 - 1 consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention.
- FIG. 5 shows an exemplary inventory analysis process that may be performed consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention.
- environment 110 - 1 may perform processes that determine the inventory of items in inventory 170 (Step 510 ). This step may be initiated by a user, via interface 210 and the pages described with respect to FIG. 4 . Alternatively, a process performed by ISSA 200 or a job performed by Jobs 240 , may periodically initiate the collection of inventory information.
- Step 510 may be initiated by an event detected by one or more sensors (e.g., software and/or hardware based sensors) located in environment 110 - 1 .
- sensors e.g., software and/or hardware based sensors
- environment 110 - 1 collects the inventory information (e.g., the number of items of each type included in inventory 170 ), it may be stored in database 215 for subsequent access. Further, the inventory information may be used by ISSA 200 to produce a report and/or content that is provided to a user through various types of medium, such as a printer, web page, telephonic message, etc.
- the inventory information e.g., the number of items of each type included in inventory 170
- the inventory information may be stored in database 215 for subsequent access. Further, the inventory information may be used by ISSA 200 to produce a report and/or content that is provided to a user through various types of medium, such as a printer, web page, telephonic message, etc.
- Environment 110 - 1 may also determine whether a number of items of any type in inventory 170 is below a predetermined level (Step 520 ). Environment 110 - 1 may execute the appropriate processes described above (e.g., via view SKUs out of limits page 418 , out of stock control task 231 , etc.) to determine and identify an inventory of items of any type has fallen below the predetermined level for that type. If so, (Step 520 ; YES), an appropriate item below stock level process may be performed (Step 530 ).
- This process may include providing an alert message to a user via an output device (e.g., display 204 , a pager, cell phone, etc.) indicating which item type needs restocking and the location of the depleted items in environment 110 - 1 .
- an output device e.g., display 204 , a pager, cell phone, etc.
- ISSA 200 may indicate to the user whether there is additional inventory of the item type in environment 110 - 1 . Accordingly, the user or ISSA 200 may re-order stock if additional items are needed.
- step 530 may include providing a customer message on a shelf display located on or near the location where the depleted inventory of items was determined.
- a store manager or ISSA 200 may formulate customized messages based on the depleted inventory notification that provide various information to a customer that happens to view the shelf display.
- the customized messages may include offered discounts, rain checks, location information of alternate environments that have the missing items in stock, etc.
- Environment 110 - 1 may also determine whether there are any misplaced items in inventory 170 (Step 540 ). Environment 110 - 1 may execute the appropriate processes described above (e.g., via misplaced SKUs page 422 , and out of stock control task 231 ) to determine and identify any misplaced items in inventory 170 . If there is a misplaced item or items (Step 540 ; YES), environment 110 - 1 may perform an appropriate misplaced item process (Step 550 ). This process may include providing a user with information including a location of the missing item and/or its intended location (i.e., where inside a store the item belongs). A user (e.g., stock person) may be directed to the current location of the misplaced item(s) so that they may return these item(s) to their designated location within environment 110 - 1 .
- Step 550 This process may include providing a user with information including a location of the missing item and/or its intended location (i.e., where inside a store the
- environment 110 - 1 may determine information associated with any lost sales based on missing or misplaced items in inventory 170 (Step 550 ).
- This step may include generating and providing a lost sales report (via, for example, out of stock task 231 ) reflecting revenue that is lost based on the item type being out of stock or having a depleted number of items.
- an influenced sales report may be generated by ISSA 200 and provided to a user that includes information that correlates various factors (e.g., price of the items, seasonality factors, sales of other items, etc.) to previous and current sales of items of the type that has a depleted inventory.
- a user may use the influenced sales report to determine whether any adjustments are needed, such as moving the items of the depleted item type to other locations, price, stock order schedules, etc.
- FIG. 6 shows a flowchart of a shrinkage process that may be performed by environment 110 - 1 consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention.
- Environment 110 - 1 may initially determine whether a shrinkage event occurred (Step 610 ).
- a shrinkage event may be associated with a condition where a predetermined number of items have been removed from their current location within a predetermined period of time. Accordingly, if a large number of items of the same type are taken from a shelf in a manner of minutes, a shrinkage event may have occurred depending on the values set by a user for the predetermined number of items and time period for such shrinkage events and the type of items being affected. If such an event has occurred (Step 610 ; YES), then environment 110 - 1 may perform a shrinkage event process (Step 620 ). If a shrinkage event has not occurred, the process ends.
- Step 620 may include various processes performed by a user and/or ISSA 200 as previous explained with respect to shrinkage pages 430 - 434 and/or shrinkage process 232 .
- environment 110 - 1 may provide an alert message to a user including information specific to the determined shrinkage event (e.g., location of the event, the type of items that have been removed, and in what time frame).
- a store employee may receive the alert message and s directed to the location to perform various tasks, such as security services, and/or customer service functions.
- step 620 may activate one or more security devices, systems, etc., to monitor the location surrounding the shrinkage event.
- environment 110 - 1 may activate a camera to record any physical actions performed by the users at or near the location where in the shrinkage event took place.
- FIG. 7 shows a flowchart of an exemplary recall process consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention.
- Environment 110 - 1 may execute the appropriate processes described above (e.g., via rapid recall pages 436 - 442 and out of rapid recall task 233 ) to handle any recall events associated with items included in inventory 170 .
- environment 110 - 1 may determine whether a shelf life or expiration event is detected (Step 710 ). This step may be associated with determining whether inventory 170 includes any items that have a corresponding shelf life and/or expiration date that has been exceeded and/or is close to being exceed (e.g., within a day, a few days, a week, etc.).
- Step 720 an appropriate shelf life/expiration process is performed (Step 720 ). This step may include notifying a user (e.g., store employee, clerk at a POS location, manager at a home office, etc.) and/or another software process in ISSA 200 that inventory 170 includes one or more items that have either exceeded or is about to exceed, their shelf life and/or expiration dates.
- a user e.g., store employee, clerk at a POS location, manager at a home office, etc.
- another software process in ISSA 200 that inventory 170 includes one or more items that have either exceeded or is about to exceed, their shelf life and/or expiration dates.
- the notification may include information identifying each item (e.g., SKU information), their corresponding locations in environment 110 - 1 , whether there is replaceable stock in environment 110 - 1 with valid shelf lives and/or expiration dates, and/or instructions on how to deal with the event (e.g., remove from shelves, move item(s) to front of a shelf or store location, etc.).
- the user and/or ISSA 200 receiving the event may use the received information to execute one or more of the suggested instructions, as well as perform other processes to remedy the shelf life/expiration event. These other duties may include changing the price of one or more of the items that are associated with this event.
- environment 110 - 1 may display a message at a POS terminal and/or a display device mounted at or near the items related to this event to warn customers and/or employees that certain items may have exceeded their shelf lives or expiration dates.
- environment 110 - 1 may determine whether a temperature event has occurred (Step 730 ).
- a temperature event may be associated with a condition where the temperature of an area surrounding, at, or near a particular group of items has changed in such a manner as to possibly damage the items in the group. For example, if a refrigeration unit in environment 110 - 1 has malfunctioned and the temperature drops below a certain value, any produces stored in the unit may be damaged and deemed unhealthy for sale. If a temperature event has occurred (Step 730 ; YES), a temperature process is performed (Step 740 ).
- the temperature process may include notifying a user of the temperature event, the location in environment 110 - 1 associated with the event, instructions on how to deal with the event, item information associated with any items included in the area affected by the event (e.g., SKU information), a time period that the event has occurred and/or is occurring, etc.
- the user may take appropriate actions to ensure any items affected by the event are safe for purchase (e.g., in the event an event just occurred).
- the user may relocate these items to a properly operating temperature controlled location in environment 110 - 1 for further purchase.
- the user, and or ISSA 200 may provide a repair message to a designated user or use location to request repair of the unit that may have malfunctioned causing the temperature event.
- Environment 110 - 1 may also determine whether any items in inventory 170 are associated with one or more item types that have had a defect reported by a manufacturer (Step 750 ). This step may include comparing the item information collected from the determined live inventory step 510 shown in FIG. 5 with a received list of defective items provided by the manufacturer. If there are any items of a certain type that matches those found in the defect information provided by the manufacturer, environment 110 - 1 , a defect process may be performed (Step 760 ).
- This process may include notifying a user (e.g., customer and/or employee) of the defective items in inventory 170 , their location, and information regarding the defect (e.g., the type of defect, whether the item is still safe/operational with the defect, whether the item a POS must be recalled and not sold, etc.).
- the notified user may be a clerk at location that may facilitate handling the sale of the defective item about to be purchased by a customer. For example, depending on the severity of the defect described in the defect information provided in the notification, the clerk may prevent the customer from purchasing the item.
- ISSA 200 may automatically provide a discount for the sale price of the defective item.
- the reduced sale price may be displayed at the POS location or on a display mounted near a location associated with the one or more defective items.
- environment 110 - 1 may provide services and/or devices that allow the customer who purchased a defective item to correct the item. For example, a workstation may be provided from which the user may download the necessary software code to correct a defect in a program stored on computer readable medium.
- environment 110 - 1 may provide these services to customers in a manner where the customer may leave the purchased item with an employee who performs the necessary procedures to correct the item, such as order a missing part from a manufacturer, downloading a corrective software patch, installing a missing part on a defective item, etc.
- environment 110 - 1 may also determine whether there are any items in inventory 170 that have undergone a design change by their corresponding manufacturer (Step 770 ). Similarly with Step 750 , environment 110 - 1 may determine whether a design change has occurred by comparing design change information received from a manufacturer with a current list of inventory information, perhaps provided via the process performed at Step 510 of FIG. 5 . If an item type has undergone a design change, (Step 770 ; YES), a design change process may be performed (Step 780 ). The design change process may include notifying a user (e.g., employee) of the item type that has been changed, the location(s) of any items of the changed type, instructions on how to deal with this design change event, etc.
- a user e.g., employee
- the design change process may include moving older items to an alternate location in environment 110 - 1 , such as from a back location on a shelf to a front location to promote their sales before the design changed items. Further, the design change process may include removing the older items from inventory 170 , which may be at the directions of the manufacturer.
- systems, methods, and articles of manufacture consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention enable an environment to perform item inventory management processes on a real time, or near real time basis, and at a granularity level that provides many options for the environment to achieve its business goals (e.g., increase sales).
- aspects of the present invention may be applied to any environment that includes objects (e.g., physical tangible objects, such as inventory) that may be RFID tagged and includes antennae for retrieving information from these tags.
- the present invention may be applied in an environment where a business wishes to track individuals throughout its business environment.
- the business environment e.g., building
- the business environment e.g., building
- antennae mounted in various strategic locations e.g., doorways, elevators, etc.
- Each employee of the business may be issued an RFID card, much like those described previously (e.g., customer RFID card).
- ISSA 200 may be able to monitor the movements of a user within the business environment based on information received/collected from the antennae as the employee moves past them.
- interface 210 may include other types of interfaces that interact with various processes performed by ISSA 200 .
- various user interfaces may operate that interact with the EPC writer process to allow a user to not only read and write EPC data from/to the RFID tags 280 in inventory 170 , but also to monitor the status of such operations.
- interface 210 may include results interface that presents to a user a results window that includes a list of all items that were entered via an EPC writer window.
- the results window may include information that indicates whether an EPC write operation was successfully performed.
- Various interactive display messages may be provided to the user based on the results of any EPC writes.
- the result window may present one or more error messages indicating a reason why an EPC write was not successful and instructions on how to possibly correct the problem.
- interface 210 may include a bad tag finder interface that enables a user to request information on any malfunctioning RFID tags 280 .
- the bad tag interface may present to the user information identifying the ID of any bad tags, their location, and the associated item associated with the tag.
Abstract
Methods, systems, and articles of manufacture consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention collect item information from RFID tags attached to items in an inventory, and uses the collected item information to perform various inventory management processes. In one aspect, the inventory management processes may include determining, reporting, and/or providing corrective actions for one or more events associated with at least one of depletions of items in the inventory, changes in the design of items in the inventory, defects with one or more items, misplaced items, the movement of an unusual number of items within a short period of time (i.e., shrinkage), and malfunctions of one or more components included in the environment.
Description
- This is a divisional of pending U.S. Non-provisional patent application Ser. No. 10/348,941, which is a non-provisional of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/350,023, filed Jan. 23, 2002, the entirety of which applications is expressly incorporated herein by reference.
- This invention relates to inventory management systems and, more particularly, to methods and systems for performing an inventory management process that uses an intelligent station to track and/or inventory items that are tagged with Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) tags.
- Inventory management is becoming increasingly important in today's growing economy. New products are continuously being developed and placed in the market for consumer purchase. Although this growth provides consumers with more choices for selecting various goods and services, businesses (e.g., retailers, wholesalers, etc.) are tasked with managing this growing inventory.
- To manage growing product inventories, businesses have implemented perpetual type inventory management systems, which are systems that use Point Of Sale (POS) data on products sold, invoicing data, and historical data on inventory audits or cycle counts (e.g., periodic inventory counts of products) to determine the inventory that exists within the walls of a retail store. POS data generally refers to data generated at a checkout system (i.e., cash register). Based on the inventory level within the retail stores, products may be reordered from a manufacturer. Alternatively, the manufacturer and retailer may have an agreement that directs the manufacturer to preemptively deliver products according to the terms of the agreement. Ideally, inventory is replenished in a manner such that inventory arrives at the retail store just before existing stock levels are exhausted.
- Although perpetual inventory management systems alleviate some of the burden in managing large inventories, they employ a management that injects inaccuracies in cycle counts, POS scanning data, redundant re-ordering, misdirected shipments, and/or unusual sales velocity (i.e., the sale of products that take place either too fast or too slow). The result is physical (actual) inventory out-of-stock levels as high as 11-12 percent or even much higher for specially promoted products or products that are closely monitored for safety purposes (e.g., products with expiration dates).
- Another shortcoming associated with perpetual inventory management systems includes inventory shrinkage, also described as the reduction of inventory due to non-sale circumstances. For example, shrinkage may occur at any point in a supply chain, stemming from invoice errors, vendor fraud, misdirected shipments, retail employee theft and customer theft. If inventory is computed as described above (i.e., using perpetual inventory management techniques), shrinkage rates (amounting to several percent of sales) can cause divergence of theoretical (i.e., inventory that is proposed or planned) and physical inventory. Another problem with perpetual inventory management systems is the uncertainty associated with the effectiveness of product promotions. For instance, if the relationship between price and inventory velocity, known as price elasticity, is not well understood, promotions can cause an out-of-stock condition that negatively impacts customer satisfaction and loyalty. Alternatively, promotions can fail to achieve a desired reduction of inventory when too much inventory is ordered and the price elasticity is poorly estimated or measured.
- Further, another related problem with conventional inventory management systems is associated with misplaced inventory on a retail shelf or similar support unit. Product manufacturers devote large sums of money to market certain products to consumers. In some instances, this marketing may include combating a competitor that manufacturers a similar product. Because retailers generally desire to present as much inventory as possible for sale to the customer, some employees may fill a void on a shelf dedicated for an out of stock product with related products. In some instances, the related products may include products produced by a manufacturer's competitor. This may result in lost sales for the manufacturer and, in some cases, reduction in customer satisfaction. This may also violate agreements between retailers and manufacturers or their distributors.
- To address the shortcomings of conventional inventory management systems, businesses have begun to incorporate wireless identification devices to assist in managing the inventory of products. This advancement contemplates attaching Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) tags on products during manufacture or when the products are stored in a warehouse. Each RFID tag includes an Integrated Circuit (IC) that enables the tag to have a unique identification number. Therefore, when a product is taken from a warehouse and placed on a retail shelf, for example, the products may be scanned to give a comprehensive inventory. Further, RFID tag technologies have been contemplated in providing distributed inventory management between a manufacturer and a retailer. For example, a manufacturer may be alerted through the Internet each time a product is sold at a retailer using the information stored in the product's RFID tag. The manufacturer may then use this information to forecast replenishment schedules with the retailer to prevent an out of stock situation.
- Although the above mentioned RFID tag developments help overcome some of the shortcomings of conventional perpetual inventory management systems, these developments lack the capabilities to provide real, or near real, time comprehensive inventory management in almost any point of a supply chain. Accordingly, there is a need to provide an intelligent inventory management system to provide a comprehensive view of the inventory within a particular environment.
- Methods, systems, and articles of manufacture consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention provide a process for managing an inventory of items, each item being positioned in a respective location within an environment and being associated with a corresponding wireless identification device. In one aspect of the invention, the process may include providing item information associated with each item to each corresponding wireless identification device. Based on the item information, the process may perform an inventory management process to provide real time information associated with the inventory of items. The inventory management process may include at least one of an out of stock control process, a shrinkage recognition process, a rapid product recall process, an alert monitor process, and a sales optimization process. Each of these processes may perform various tasks that are used to manage the inventory of items in the environment, such as monitoring inventory levels of the items, detecting misplaced items in the environment, and providing feedback information associated with the items based on detected events (e.g., suggested alternative locations for certain items based on sales data).
- Additional features of the invention will be set forth in part in the description which follows, and in part will be obvious from the description, or may be learned by practice of the invention.
- It is to be understood that both the foregoing general description and the following detailed description are exemplary and explanatory only and are not restrictive of the invention, as claimed. The accompanying drawings, which are incorporated in and constitute a part of this specification, illustrate several embodiments of the invention and together with the description, serve to explain the principles of the invention. In the drawings:
-
FIG. 1 is a block diagram of an exemplary system consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention; -
FIG. 2 is a block diagram of an exemplary environment consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention; -
FIG. 3 is a flowchart of an exemplary EPC writer process consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention; -
FIG. 4 is a block diagram of an exemplary interface map consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention; -
FIG. 5 is a flowchart of an exemplary inventory analysis process consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention; -
FIG. 6 is a flowchart of an exemplary shrinkage process consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention; and -
FIG. 7 is a flowchart of an exemplary recall process consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention, - The following description of embodiments of this invention refers to the accompanying drawings. Where appropriate, the same reference numbers in different drawings refer to the same or similar elements.
- Introduction
- Systems and methods consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention enable an intelligent inventory management process to monitor and collect information associated with an inventory of items (e.g., products) included in an environment. An item, as the term is used herein, may be any type of product that is manufactured, developed, grown by a farm business, and provided by a manufacturer, business entity, individual, group of individuals, etc. For example, an item may be food (e.g., produce, dairy products, canned goods, etc.), an article of clothing, a plant or similar type of horticultural product, a machined part for an engine, sporting goods, etc. Further, an item may be associated with live animals or fish, such as livestock (e.g., cattle) that are raised by a livestock provider and sold to a livestock processing business. Alternatively, an item may be a domesticated or non-domesticated animal, such as a dog or reptile that is raised and/or maintained by an animal provider or caretaker (e.g., pet store, zoo, etc.).
- The collected information may be used to perform various inventory management processes that enable a user to control the inventory of items, monitor shrinkage, facilitate and identify recalled or defective items included in the inventory, manage the misplacement of items within the environment, and receive alert messages associated with a variety of items inventory conditions, such as security conditions, out of stock conditions, etc.
- In one aspect of the invention, an environment (e.g., retail store, etc.) uses a system of RFID-enabled structures, such as shelf units, to keep track of an inventory of items. Such a system is described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,084,769, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods and systems consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention enable data associated with the items to be repeatedly collected by a data collection system. A user may operate a user interface that provides demand-based item information (i.e., when the user requests it) or exception-based item information (i.e., when something unusual or noteworthy occurs). Based on the collected data, an intelligent inventory management application and/or the user may manage out of stock items, monitor shrinkage, perform rapid recall functions, and send out alerts about noteworthy events.
- System Architecture
-
FIG. 1 is a high level block diagram of an exemplaryinventory management system 100 consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention. As shown,system 100 may include one or more environments 110-1 to 110-N interconnected by a network 180. Environments 110-1 to 110-N may also be directly connected via a direct communication path between the environments (not shown). Network 180 may represent any type of communication configuration that allows environments 110-1 to 110-N to exchange information. For example, network 180 may be a Local Area Network (LAN), a Wide Area Network (WAN), and a combination of networks, such as the Internet. Further, network 180 may include the infrastructure that allows environments 110-1 to 110-N to exchange information using wireless based communications. - Environments 110-1 to 110-N may each represent an environment associated with a business or non-business entity. In one aspect of the invention, each
environment 110 may include, or is associated with, physical structures that manufacture, produce, maintain, store, and/or sell items. For example, environments 110-1 to 110-N may represent a retail store that sells items, a warehouse that purchases, stores, maintains, and/or ships items, a stock room that stores supplies, etc. - Environments 110-1 to 110-N may also represent a main office business entity that manages the sale, production, storage, etc., of items located and sold in
other environments 110. For instance, several environments (e.g., 110-1) may represent a retail outlet store, such as a supermarket, that sells items directly to consumers (i.e., users) and environment 110-N may represent a main office that manages the inventory and other business aspects of each of the several environments. In accordance with certain aspects of the present invention, one or more environments (e.g., 110-1) may perform intelligent inventory management based on item information collected by automated services performed within the environment(s). - To perform the intelligent inventory management services consistent with aspects related to the present invention, each environment 110-1 to 110-N may include an Intelligent Inventory Management System (IIMS) 105, a Data Collection System (DCS) 160, and
item inventory 170.IIMS 105 may represent one or more computing systems, such as a server, personal computer, workstation, laptop, or any other similar computer system known in the art, that performs one or more processes consistent with certain aspects of the present invention. AlthoughFIG. 1 showsIIMS 105 located within each environment, certain aspects of the invention enable theIIMS 105 to be located outside an environment as well. For instance, a department store chain may have several stores connected by a network to asingle IIMS 105. -
DCS 160 may be a configuration of hardware, firmware, and/or software that performs data collection functions consistent with certain aspects of the invention. In one aspect,DCS 160 includes components that collect item information from one or more items included initem inventory 170 using RFID technologies.Item inventory 170 may represent one or more items that are physically located within therespective environment 110.Item inventory 170 may also include one or more types of items that may or may not be similar in characteristics, size, price, taste, functionality, etc. For example, in the example that environment 110-1 represents a supermarket store, item inventory may include different types of food and beverages, with each type of item including a number of items. Thus, in the above example, environment 110-1 may include thousands of items of different types of beverages and other edible items. Alternatively, if environment 110-1 is associated with a home improvement warehouse retail store,item inventory 170 may include different types of tools, machines, appliances, etc. - For descriptive purposes in this application, the items described herein are associated with retail merchandise that is assumed to rest on store shelves that contain RFID antennae included in a
respective environment 110. Each item may be associated with an RFID tag that includes item information associated with the respective item. For example, an RFID tag may include identification information unique to the item that the tag is attached, such as an a serial number or a price number. Alternatively, the RFID tag may include item information representing a type and/or associated characteristics of the item, and information identification an environment the RFID tag is located (e.g., for scenarios whereIIMS 105 is located outside an environment).DCS 160 may be configured to retrieve the item information from RFID tags associated with each item included initem inventory 170 and provide the information toIIMS 105. - Other types of information retrieving mechanisms may be implemented within environment 110-1 associated with the antennae, including pegboard displays, garment racks, shelf-end displays, cabinets, kiosks, backroom or warehouse racks, display cases, and point of sale or checkout lane equipment. Further, although the following description of certain aspects of the invention involves RFID based shelf units, one skilled in the art will appreciate that the present invention can be applied as well with RFID readers associated with POS locations (e.g., checkout lanes), warehouse racks, portal areas, etc. The characteristics of the antennae (e.g., form factor), and the rate at which antennae are read, may require adjustment for use in applications other than shelves. For example, warehouse applications might require longer read range and less frequent data updates, while point of sale applications may require very fast data updates with possible lower read ranges. The type and functionality of the RFID based components and systems that may be implemented with methods and systems consistent with the present invention is described in the previously mentioned U.S. Pat. No. 7,084,769, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- Exemplary Environment 110-1
- As described,
system 100 allowsitem inventories 170 to be intelligently managed by one ormore environments 110.FIG. 2 shows a block diagram of an exemplary environment 110-1 consistent with certain features of the present invention. As shown, environment 110-1 may includeIIMS 105, a Request Response Manager (RRM) 220, andDCS 160. -
IIMS 105 may include a CPU 201,memory 202, display 204, and database 215. CPU 201 may be any type of processor (or processors) known in the art. CPU 201 may be configured to execute instructions and perform processes consistent with certain principles related to the present invention. AlthoughFIG. 2 shows only one CPU 201 included inIIMS 105, one skilled in the art would realize that a number of different architectures may be implemented by methods, systems, and articles of manufacture consistent with certain features related to the present invention. For example, CPU 201 may be replaced, or supplemented, by a plurality of processors with one or more of them performing multi-tasking and/or multiprocessing operations. Display 204 may be any type of device that presents information to a user, such as a computer screen in a workstation, laptop, dumb terminal, kiosk, etc. - Database 215 may be one or more storage device systems that store information used by
IIMS 105 to perform the intelligent inventory management features consistent with the present invention. Database 215 may be controlled by a database server (not shown), such as an SQL database server. Further, a Java DataBase Connectivity (JDBC) driver for the SQL server may be used to access the SQL server database. Database 215 may store information associated with each identifier included in the RFID tags. Thus, for each Stock Keeping Unit (SKU) (i.e., information associated with an item reflecting at least a certain type of product (e.g., item type), made by a certain manufacturer, in a certain size, color, style, etc.), the item information stored in database 215 may be selected from: - 1) A Universal Price Code (UPC) and/or an Electronic Price Code (EPC). Note that items made by a certain manufacturer in a certain size, color, etc. may have all the same UPC but each may have a unique EPC. Further description of EPCs is provided below with respect to the section entitled “EPC Writer.”
- 2) A current price of the item.
- 3) An indicator of a seasonality of the item. A seasonality indicator may represent a relationship between an item and a period of time associated with different events or seasons, such as holidays, a time frame surrounding a certain date of a special event (e.g., the Super Bowl), etc. For example, a soap product may have a seasonality indicator representing no seasonal characteristics, such as “no season,” wreaths may have a “Christmas” indicator, charcoal may have a “summer” indicator, etc. Further, promotional items (e.g., those items that are being specially marketed by a manufacturer or retailer) may have a seasonality indicator associated with a time frame, such as “July 2003,” etc. The seasonality indicators may be used by ISSA 200 and/or a user to determine when to remove or restock certain items in
item inventory 170. - 4) A shelf life of the item. A shelf life may be a period of time that an item may be allowed to be included in
item inventory 170. For example, perishable products, such as milk, may have a limited period of time that they may be presented on a shelf for sale to a customer. Non-perishable products may also have a limited period of time to be present ininventory 170 based on one or more factors, such as previous sales of items of a similar type, limited promotional time frames, etc. - 5) Historical data about the sales rate of each type of item. The historical sales data may extend back a certain period of time, such as a certain number of days, hours, etc. The historical sales data may be formatted in such a manner that provides information reflecting a quantity of sold items of a given type over a period of time, such as a table including a column of sales data having 168 rows representing 7 days multiplied by 24 hours. The column may have fewer rows for an environment that operates less than 24 hours per day, such as a retail store or business that is not open round-the-clock. Further, database 215 may include additional columns of sales rate data for an item, for example representing certain conditions, such as a standard price, a promotional price, a holiday season, a clearance condition, etc. Holiday seasons may be extended (e.g., Christmas) or short (e.g., Memorial Day, July 4, Labor Day, etc.). Other situations that may produce unusual selling patterns (e.g., accelerated selling patterns) include the Super Bowl, or the days before predicted severe weather such as a blizzard or hurricane.
- 6) Historical out-of-stock data representing one or more conditions when a type of item has been unavailable in
item inventory 170. - 7) Historical data representing a number of times an item is picked up then returned to a shelf without a purchase.
- 8) A shelf “volume” size of an item representing a size characteristic of a single package unit of an item. The size characteristic may be measured as a rectilinear solid or other types of geometrical spaces that may be mathematically represented and manipulated by a process executed by a computer and/or user. For items that cannot be stacked on top of each other, the shelf volume size may be considered to extend up to another shelf positioned adjacent to the shelf whereon an item is currently located.
- 9) One or more locations within environment 110-1 where the item is preferably located, such as shelf numbers or warehouse locations.
- 10) Information summarizing shrinkage reflecting a movement of a certain number of items specific to time and place within environment 110-1. For example, shrinkage information may be associated with a condition where a large number of items of a certain type are removed from a shelf in a small amount of time.
- 11) Information summarizing out of stock events specific to time and place within environment 110-1.
- Additionally, for an item collection of a certain type (e.g., an individual box of any type of item), database 215 may store item information selected from:
- 1) The EPC of the item.
- 2) The UPC of the item to relate back to the SKU information described above.
- 3) Other types of information not directly known from the SKU (e.g., color, style, size).
- 4) A serial number associated with the item (if other than the EPC).
- 5) A cost of the item to a business entity associated with environment 110-1, such as a retailer.
- 6) A date the item was first placed in a location within environment 110-1, such as a particular shelf.
- 7) An expiration date of the item (if any).
- 8) Item location information representing a current physical location of the item in environment 110-1 (or if sold, the last known location of the item).
- 9) A price an item sold was sold (if already sold).
- 10) A date the item was sold (if already sold).
- 11) A preferred customer number of a purchaser (if already sold) representing a unique number assigned to a user that purchases or may purchase items located within environment 110-1.
- Database 215 may be configured to store data in various data formats and database configurations. For example, database 215 may store one or more tables that include information used by ISSA 200 to perform certain functions related to the present invention. These tables may include:
- 1) tblAlerts—a table that stores alerts and alert confirmations associated with certain events within environment 110-1.
- 2) tblCompany: a table that stores information about a business entity (e.g., company) that owns, leases, manages, and/or is associated with environment 110-1.
- 3) tblCurEPC—a table that stores information regarding current EPCs at a given location within environment 110-1 (e.g., at a given shelf).
- 4) tblEPC: a table that stores information relating an EPC code to product information, such as manufacturer, SKU, and other types of information associated with a product (e.g., an item).
- 5) tblEPCReader—a table that stores information that relates to an EPC reader device, such as reader 262.
- 6) tblEPCSkuBase—a table that stores information regarding a base level inventory for an EPC reader device (e.g., reader 262) and any item types associated with the reader.
- 7) tblERPInv—a table that stores information associated with a current theoretical inventory (e.g., a planned or proposed inventory that should be present in environment 110-1 as opposed to actual inventory) provided by an Enterprise Resource Planning system (ERP) or other types of inventory systems. An ERP system is a business management system that integrates many facets of a business, including planning, manufacturing, sales, and marketing, such as those ERP systems provided by SAP, Oracle, and PeopleSoft.
- 8) tblInventoryAlertConfig: a table that stores configuration items for an inventory alert job (e.g., a task performed by
IIMS 105 that provides alert messages based on one or more inventory conditions). - 9) tblInventoryRemovalAlertConfig: a table that stores configuration data for an Inventory Removal Alerts process.
- 10) tblManu—a table that stores information associated with one or more manufacturers of items included in
inventory 170. - 11) tblReaderType—a table that stores information that defines actions that an EPC reader may perform (e.g., read, turn displays on/off, adjust power level, etc.).
- 12) tblReaderTypeActions: a table that stores a list of possible actions for a given EPC reader.
- 13) tblRelatedEPC—a table that stores identification information for any EPC readers that are related to one of another (e.g., connected to a common shelf unit, associated with a common antenna or antennae, etc.).
- 14) tblRemEPC—a table that stores EPCs that are no longer located at a given location within environment 110-1 (e.g., no longer on a designated shelf).
- 15) tblRequestBroker—a table that stores information defining a request broker location and associated ports (e.g., TCP/IP port identifiers).
- 16) tblSku—a table that holds information about item SKU information.
- 17) tblSkuCat—a table that stores information regarding one or more categories for various items.
- 18) tblStore: a table that stores information about environment 110-1.
- 19) tblUser—a table storing a list of any users that are authorized to access ISSA 200.
- 20) tblVirtualCommands: a table that stores a list of virtual commands for an EPC reader. The command list may include commands that may be sent to an RFID reader to direct the RFID tag to perform one or more operations, such as storing item information.
- One skilled in the art will appreciate that the above listed tables are exemplary and not intended to be limiting. Database 215 may include more or fewer tables that are configured to store various types of information used by ISSA 200.
-
Memory 202 may be one or more known type of storage devices that store data used byIIMS 105.Memory 202 may be, but is not limited to, a magnetic, semiconductor, and/or optical type storage device.Memory 202 may also be a storage device that allows CPU 201 quick access to data, such as a cache memory. In one configuration consistent with selected features related to the present invention,memory 202 may store data and/or program instructions (e.g., applications) to implement methods consistent with certain features related to the present invention. Among the software that may be included inmemory 202 is Intelligent Shelf Software Application (ISSA) 200. - ISSA 200
- ISSA 200 may be an application program, such as a web-enabled application, that provides information to a user, or to an ERP system. Accordingly, ISSA 200 may be configured to receive data from, and supply data to, a user or an ERP system (or other types of business management systems). ISSA 200 may temporarily store inventory data collected from
DCS 160 in database 215 before transferring portions of the data to the user and/or an ERP system. In one aspect of the invention, a user may customize ISSA 200 to determine how much inventory data is managed and stored in database 215 and how inventory data is kept in an ISSA system located at another environment, such as environment 110-N. - Additionally, ISSA 200 may execute and/or operate with one or more security processes that are configured to control access to the functions of ISSA 200. For example, ISSA 200 may execute a security process that requires a user to provide a valid username and password (or other form of identification) to access the features provided by
IIMS 105, including those performed by ISSA 200. Further, ISSA 200 may assign one or more roles to a user. Based on an assigned role, ISSA 200 (or any other application and/or process included in IIMS 105) may determine which tasks (e.g., programs executed by ISSA 200 via CPU 201) a corresponding user may access. Further, ISSA 200 may control whether a user is to receive certain types of alerts that may be received by ISSA 200 from other components within environment 110-1, such asDCS 160. Also, ISSA 200 may include a process that, when executed by CPU 201, creates and maintains a log file of any transactions performed by a user, such as adding data, requesting data, and/or modifying data in database 215. -
ISSA 100 may include one or more user interfaces 210 that allow a user to exchange information with ISSA 200, such as through display 204. User interface 210 allows a user to request data in the form of commands or queries that are processed by business logic/transaction engine 230. - Business logic/transaction engine 230 may be software, when executed by CPU 201, manages one or more tasks (i.e., processes) consistent with certain features related to the present invention. In one aspect, these tasks may include an out of stock control task 231,
shrinkage monitoring task 232, rapid recall task 233,EPC writer task 234, other features task 235, and alerts task 239. - Out of Stock Task 231
- Out of stock control task 231 provides management functions to ISSA 200 associated with
item inventory 170. For example, out of stock control task 231 may perform an inventory process that determines, on command and/or periodically, a physical inventory of items included in some or all ofinventory 170, such as an actual inventory of items currently resting on a store shelf. Task 231 may allow a user (e.g., customer, employee, etc.) to request and view the results of the inventory process on a display device, such as peripheral device 255 or display 204. Task 231 may determine whether any item types are out of stock (e.g., not available for purchase by a customer because no items of that type are positioned in a location that the customer may collect and purchase). Task 231 may create a list of these out of stock item types and prioritize them based on or more factors, such as lost profits due to the item type being out of stock for a previous period of time (e.g., last month), lost profits due to the item type being out of stock at the time the out of stock condition was determined, availability elsewhere in environment 110-1 (e.g., in a back storage room), and sale term (e.g., a new release of a popular DVD, snow shovel sales during a blizzard, etc.). - Additionally, out of stock control task 231 may perform an item misplacement process that creates a log of any items that are positioned in an incorrect location within environment 110-1, such as when an item is placed on a wrong shelf. Further, task 231 may generate and/or forward a misplacement alert message when an item is determined to be misplaced. Also, task 231 may perform a shelf count threshold process that allows a user and/or ISSA 200 to receive and/or be alerted in the event of, an indication of any item types that have a shelf count below a threshold value for a given location. A shelf count represents a number of items of a certain type that are actually present in a given location associated with the item type. For example, in a supermarket, a certain shelf may be assigned to a type of item (e.g., canned soup). The shelf count of the exemplary item type would represent how many items of a particular type are located in the assigned shelf. In one aspect of the invention, the threshold value may be determined by a user and/or calculated by ISSA 200 based on one or more conditions, such as how many items of the certain type were previously removed from the given location during the same day, a week earlier, during the hours from a present time until the environment 110-1 is no longer open to customers, and/or until a next scheduled restocking of the item type. Also, the threshold value may be adjusted by one or more factors representing certain conditions associated with the item or external conditions, such as whether the item type is exposed to a sale promotion, a holiday shopping season, a time frame corresponding to a special event (e.g., the Super Bowl, weather conditions etc.).
- In addition to providing feedback to ISSA 200 and/or a user regarding inventory conditions associated with one or more item types in
inventory 170, out of stock control task 231 may also determine how much revenue (e.g., money) is being lost as a function of a certain period of time (e.g., lost revenue per hour) based on an item being out of stock (e.g., unavailable to a customer for purchase). Also, out of stock control task 231 may determine one or more factors that may influence the sale of items of a particular type. These factors may include, but are not limited to, pricing of the items of the item type, seasonal characteristics associated with the sale of the items, and sales of other types of items included ininventory 170. - Out of stock control task 231 may also determine one or more alternate locations within, and/or external to, environment 110-1 that a type of item may be repositioned based on previous sales associated with the item type and/or whether the item type is out of stock. Further, when an item type is determined to be out of stock, task 231 may generate a message to be displayed on a display device reflecting the out of stock condition. The out of stock message may also include other information, such as an apology for the out of stock condition, an offer for a discount of the sale price of another item of a type similar to the out of stock item type (e.g., store or generic brand product), a rain check for the out of stock item, and directions to an alternate environment (e.g., nearby store) that includes an item of the same type in its inventory and the item's price.
-
Shrinkage Task 232 -
Shrinkage task 232 may perform processes that manage the shrinkage of items included ininventory 170, such as the loss of inventory through theft, bookkeeping errors, and misplacement. In one aspect of the invention,shrinkage task 232 may perform a process that determines, and/or allows a user to receive information reflecting, when physical shelf inventory and/or theoretical shelf inventory are off by a certain percentage. Theoretical shelf inventory represents a value determined by ISSA 200 corresponding to an inventory of items that should be located in a particular location in environment 110-1. For example, in a case of high-value merchandise, a user may wish to know when the physical and theoretical inventory quantities are different by only one unit. Further,shrinkage task 232 may perform a process that determines, and/or allows a user to view, which locations of environment 110-1 are experiencing the greatest shrinkage. Also,task 232 may perform a process that determines, and/or allows a user to view or be alerted, when items are removed from the shelf in a predetermined quantity, such as a quantity defined by a store manager. The predetermined quantity may represent a large quantity of items that are removed in a relatively short time, which may possibly indicate a theft condition. The removal of a large quantity of items, however, may also denote an exceptionally good customer deserving immediate customer service. Accordingly,shrinkage task 232 may record a detected shrinkage condition in a log and may send an interrupt signal to one or more peripheral devices, such as silent alarms, flashing lights over a gondola, a camera or video time stamp, or an audio “thank you message.” Further,shrinkage task 232 may create and provide a message to a user (e.g., sales clerk, employee of environment 110-1, etc.) that includes information to dispatch the user to the area to offer assistance to a “valued customer.” - Rapid Recall Task 233
- Rapid recall task 233 may perform one or more processes that allow a user or business entity (e.g., retailer, item manufacturer, etc.) to trace items based on critical data, such as lot number, age, etc. Task 233 may determine and provide information about an item or items that may need to be removed from a shelf, or whose sales should be accelerated for other reasons. For example, certain types of items may have an associated expiration date determined by their manufacture, such as pharmaceuticals, health and beauty products, and perishable goods (e.g., foodstuffs). Although some of these items may still be safe (and pharmaceuticals still be effective) for some time beyond the expiration date, accepted practice may be not to sell the items after their expiration date. Therefore, shrinkage task 233 may identify items that are approaching an expiration date and provide information to a user that indicate the expiration date condition. Further, task 233 may provide suggestions to promote the sale of these items before their expiration date, such as determining an alternate location in, or outside, environment 110-1 that has a history of higher item sales (e.g., a front of a shelf), and/or suggestions to sell the items at lower prices.
- Also, task 233 may provide information to a user when an item or items have expired so that the items may be removed from
inventory 170. Rapid recall task 233 may also provide information associated with purchase planning for item types. For example, an item type that is not selling well (e.g., sales of the item are not reaching expected levels) before its corresponding expiration date may be indicative of excess inventory. Accordingly, task 233 may provide information that reflects a relationship between previous sales of an item type and expiration dates for items of that item type. - Additionally, rapid recall task 233 may access database 215 to collect shelf life information associated with each item in
inventory 170. Shelf life information may represent an approximate useful life of an item, which may be determined from an expiration date for certain types of items. Alternatively, shelf life may represent a usual turnover time for the item, regardless of its useful life or expiration date. Task 233 may determine when an item has exceeded its shelf life and provide an indication of this condition to a user, via a display device (e.g., display 204). - Rapid recall task 233 may also access database 215 to collect time-stamped temperature data associated with certain items in
inventory 170. The temperature data may reflect a temperature value of an area proximate to a one or more items stored in environment 110-1, such as a refrigerated shelf unit. Rapid recall task 233 may use the temperature data to calculate a reduced shelf life or predict spoilage for temperature dependent items, such as milk. Further, task 233 may provide and/or forward an alert message to a user that reflects a condition when the temperature of a particular area (e.g., refrigerated shelf unit) falls below an acceptable level for any items stored in the area. - Further, for any items of certain types that have a shelf life or expiration date, rapid recall task 233 may provide, as an additional safety feature against database error, an alert to one or more locations within or external to environment 110-1. For example, an alert message (e.g., sound and/or display message) may be provided at a POS location or checkout lane to have the cashier double-check the expiration date normally printed on the package for an item about to be purchased at the POS location.
- Rapid recall task 233 may also determine which items have been modified by a manufacturer or supplier and, based on this determination, provide information reflecting possible actions that may help move older inventory. For example, products (i.e., items) sometimes undergo a style change, such as a new package style, a different size, a color change, a flavor change, etc. While the existing product is still good, a retailer may want to sell off existing older stock as soon as possible because customers may be reluctant to purchase a perceivably older product. Accordingly, rapid recall task 233 allows the retailer to locate such restyled merchandise and to move it to more marketable locations, such as onto the sales floor, in the front of shelves, and/or offer the merchandise at a discounted price to move the older merchandise from
inventory 170. - Items also may be defective when they arrive in environment 110-1. In the case of pharmaceuticals, it may be imperative to remove the item immediately to prevent possible health risks. These items may be destroyed at environment 110-1 or returned to the manufacturer. Further, a defective item may need to be recalled by the manufacturer. Accordingly, removing the defective item from
inventory 170 before it is purchased may save time for a retailer and the customer, as well as permit the item to be returned to the manufacturer intact in its original package. Rapid recall task 233 may perform one or more processes that address these types of situations. For example, in some cases, an item may have a defect that renders it less valuable, while not constituting a health or safety risk, such as an item with a missing part, a cosmetic defect, a mismatched part, etc. A manufacturer may be able to identify these items after they have been delivered to environment 110-1 based on an identification number associated with the delivery (e.g., lot numbers). However, once a large number of items are warehoused and/or shipped, different lots may become mixed together and the retailer may have problems identifying the items affected without opening the packages. However, with the RFID tagging features associated with certain aspects of the present invention, the manufacturer may identify a range of RFID serial numbers that were incorrectly packaged. Environment 110-1 may receive these serial numbers and allow ISSA 200 to identify the defective items ininventory 170. Rapid recall task 233 may perform a process that searches database 215 for items associated with the received serial numbers for the defective items and provide this information to a user, perhaps through display 204 or other peripheral devices. The user may then offer customers various marketing incentives to move the defective items frominventory 170. For example, a customer may be offered a discount on a defective item for purchasing it “as-is.” Upon sale of the product, a cashier may either take the customer's name and address and relay this information to the manufacturer, or the customer may be given a key number with which to order a missing part free of charge from the manufacturer, such as through the Internet. Alternately the known missing part may be shipped to the retailer to be handed out as a free “service package.” Procedures like these would save the manufacturer shipping and handling costs involved in returning the entire package. Further, a retailer might even use this feature to offer a special discount to a customer willing to purchase an “open carton” or such as product returned by another customer, that may lack items not due to manufacturer's fault. Using the RFID tagged items, a retailer may offer a special discount on packages damaged in the retailer'sinventory 170, without worrying that unscrupulous customers might damage good boxes on the shelf and seek to obtain a discount. - Additionally, certain types of items, such as software products, often contain known errors or “bugs,” that may require a remedial “corrective patch.” For example, a computer readable medium (e.g., CD-ROM, DVD, magnetic disk, etc.) including one or more programs and data may require a revision comprising only a few megabytes that can be downloaded over the Internet. Rapid recall task 233 may identify these types of defective items using the RFID tags 280 in
inventory 170. Consequently, the retailer and/or manufacturer may offer a customer a small discount to purchase an “out-of-date” or “buggy” product, with the customer understanding that the product may be brought up to specification with a few minutes' time on the Internet to download the corrective code. Further, environment 110-1 may provide one or more workstations that a user may use to download the corrective code while in environment 110-1. -
EPC Writer 234 -
EPC writer 234 may be a process that is used to aid ISSA 200 write EPCs to particular RFID tags 280. In one aspect of the invention,EPC writer 234 may access database 215 to obtain identification numbers, such as a UPC, for particular items that are to be tagged with an EPC on an RFID tag 280. Further description of these aspects of the invention is described below with respect to the section, EPC Writer. - Other Features Task 235
- Other features task 235 may perform one or more applications associated with advertising, price sensitivity, sales optimization, automatic pricing, and customer information and services.
- In one aspect of the invention, other features task 235 includes an Advertising, Price Sensitivity, and Sales Optimization (APSSO) application that determines relationships reflecting how advertising (e.g., marketing and/or presentment of items) and/or price influences the sales or possible sales of items or item types that are presented to customers that interact with
inventory 170. This application may create, on demand or periodically, a summary of how often an item or items of a certain type are physically moved from their current location in environment 110-1, such as when an item is taken off of a shelf and replaced. Thus, the APSSO application may request and receive periodic inventory updates of inventory data reflecting a current inventory of items ininventory 170. The APSSO application may leverage the out of stock task 231 to collect the inventory information, or alternatively send commands to inventory request interface 250 to collect the information itself, such as requesting an inventory reading a shelf's contents at least every few seconds. The APSSO application may compare the collected inventory information to sale rate data associated with the items corresponding to the collected inventory information to provide an indication (e.g., a ratio) of a number of item examination events per single purchase event. The indication, or ratio, may describe how much attention an item is getting from customers, as opposed to the rate of item purchases. The data could be correlated with location information associated with the item, for instance, whether the item was at eye level, on a shelf-end display, positioned in the front of a store, positioned in a promotional display, positioned in the back of the store, etc. - The term eye level, as used herein, may refer to one or more distances extending from the floor of environment 110-1 where items are displayed for purchase, such as 5 feet to 7 feet high. One skilled in the art will appreciate that the term eye level is not intended to be limited by this exemplary range of distances. Any distance from the bottom of a structure that supports item(s) that rests on the floor of environment 110-1 may be associated with the term eye level without departing from the scope of the invention. Further, the distance associated with the term eye level may be based on the type of environment 110-1 represents. For example, a clothing manufacturer and/or retailer may determine that eye level refers to a distance lower than that of a distance defined by a food retailer.
- Also, the APSSO application may determine how often an item is purchased in pairs, triples, etc. Further, for a given item type, the APSSO application may identify other items of other types that are moved from their current position in environment 110-1 at, or about (e.g., within a few seconds, minutes, etc.), the same time as the given item type has an item moved, known as a correlated time of purchase. The APSSO application may also determine which items of a given type, if any, have not moved from their respective positions for a defined time period. Alternatively, or additionally, the APSSO application may determine what items of a given type have been moved and replaced for a defined time period (i.e., items that are not being purchased by the customers). And, the APSSO application may identify any items of a given type that have undergone a price change within a previous period of time, such as the past day, week, month, etc. The APSSO application may generate a list of these price changed items and provide the list to a user via a peripheral device (e.g., device 255) and/or display 204. Further, the APSSO application may determine, based on the identified items with price changes, a relationship between these items and the number of item examination events (e.g., when a customer picks up an item and replaces it).
- In one aspect of the invention, the APSSO application may interact with an expert system (internal or external to IIMS 105) to analyze historical data on cross-item or correlated sales, sales velocity (i.e., how rapidly or slowly are items being sold and their respective inventory being depleted), price-sales sensitivity (e.g., a relationship between previous sales of an item type and sale price events for that item type), seasonality, etc., to suggest improvements in store layout and shelf organization. That is, the expert system and/or the APSSO application may determine and provide suggestions to a user via a peripheral device on alternative locations for certain item types based on the above analyzed information.
- Other features task 235 may also include an Automatic Pricing Application (APP) that performs processes that manage the sale price of an item. In one aspect of the invention, the APP may receive and/or collect price plans from database 215 (or any other memory device that may store these plans) and automatically update a displayed item sale price on a display device (e.g., an LCD mounted on a shelf supporting the item). A price plan may represent a price schedule for certain or all item types in
inventory 170 that is generated by a price plan process executed by a computing device (e.g., IIMS 105) or generated by a user (e.g., retail store manager). For example, an exemplary price plan may include scheduled promotions that suggest reducing the price of certain item types based on these promotions. Further, a price plan may consider season or time dependent conditions, such as holidays, weather conditions, etc., to determine how to modify the price of an item type. For instance, the price plan process may collect periodic weather information from a server system that accesses and stores current weather data for a surrounding area proximate to environment 110-1 (e.g., 50-100 mile radius, city limits, etc.) The price plan may use the collected weather information to determine whether the sale price of certain items (e.g., snow shovels, stock wood studs, etc.) should be adjusted. Alternatively, a user (e.g., store manager) may collect, or automatically receive, the weather information and adjust the sales price manually through the price plan process and/or the APP. - The APP may also correlate, in real time, the price of a target item with the age of the shelf inventory associated with the target item, an amount of items of the same type as the target item in theoretical inventory, and the sales velocity of other item types whose sales correlate with the sale of the target item. The APP may generate a report reflecting the correlation(s) and provide the report on demand or on a scheduled basis to a peripheral device (e.g., storage device, display device, printer, etc.).
- The other features task 235 may also include a Customer Information and Special Services Application (CISSA) that performs processes that provide users (e.g., customers shopping in environment 110-1) with assistance in locating an item of interest under a variety of special circumstances. In one aspect of the invention, the CISSA may also provide item inventory availability information to remote users (i.e., customers). For example, a user remotely located from environment 110-1 may access a web site hosted by a server operated in association with environment 110-1 through network 180. Using the web site, the user may request the availability of one or more items of one or more types at environment 110-1 (e.g., is an item in inventory 170). The CISSA may receive the request from the computer server and determine whether the request items are available in
inventory 170. In one aspect of the invention, the CISSA may access database 215 to collect inventory information collected by out of stock task 231. Alternatively, or additionally, the CISSA may request a search for the requested items throughout environment 110-1 by providing one or more commands toRRM 220 andDCS 160. - Further, the CISSA may generate a request for the availability of the requested items at one or more remote environments (e.g., environment 110-N) and receive back a response indicating whether the requested item(s) are available at these respective locations. In this scenario, the remote environment may perform a local inventory search process to determine whether the item is currently in stock. Based on the local search, the remote environment may provide a response message to environment 110-1 indicating the result of the local search (e.g., the item is or is not available at that location). Alternatively, remote environments may periodically provide their current inventory data to environment 110-1. ISSA 200 may receive and store this received information in a database (e.g., database 215) for access by the CISSA as needed.
- Based on the received information indicating whether the item is available, the CISSA may provide the user (via the computer server and network 180) a response indicating a real-time availability of a requested item at environment 110-1 and/or at alternate environments, such as a user's favorite retail outlet or the nearest three or four alternative outlets.
- Additionally, the CISSA may provide the same item availability functions described above through computing devices located within environment 110-1 (e.g., kiosks located in a store). For example, when a customer arrives at a store (e.g., environment 110-1) expecting to find a particular item and is disappointed to learn the item is out of stock, the customer may request the item's availability using a kiosk located within the store. In addition to one or more alternative store addresses that have the item in stock, the kiosk may display to the customer an offer for an inconvenience discount (e.g., a cents off coupon for the item or perhaps another item). The customer may accept the discount by, for example, providing a simple code word/number of their choice. The discount will be valid for a limited period of time and the customer need only use the chosen word/number within 24 or 48 hours this code word/number will entitle them to the discount at the alternative stores. Further, the CISSA may also provide alternate location information on a display device mounted on a shelf unit supporting an item or group of items. For example, for any item that is not in stock, the display device may display the location of, and/or directions to, the nearest alternate location (e.g., store) that currently includes the item in inventory. For items which are not out-of-stock, the display device may show the item price instead of alternate locations. As described above, the alternate locations may be determined based on these locations performing, on a periodic or a demand basis, an inventory search for the requested item.
- Alert Monitor 239
- Alert Monitor 239 may perform one or more processes that notify a user of certain events. In one aspect of the invention, alert monitor 239 may notify a user through e-mail, a pager, a cell phone, an audible or visual signal, etc. Alert monitor 239 may include the appropriate software to interact with other devices, software, and/or computing systems that include the infrastructure to facilitate communications over a particular medium. That is, alert monitor 239 may send an alert message to an output interface that translates the message into a format compatible with a message relaying or provisioning system (e.g., wireless network device, etc.). Alert monitor 239 may receive data reflecting an event from interface 250 and/or other processes, such as one of tasks 231-234, and formulate an alert message accordingly. The received data may reflect a pending item known to be in an alternate location (e.g., back room) so that a user (e.g., retailer employee) may bring the spare stock onto a retail floor. If the item out of stock cannot be replenished from the alternate location, the user and/or ISSA 200 may reorder the item. Further, the received data may reflect a malfunction in one or more components within environment 110-1, such as an
antenna 270. - In one aspect of the invention, alert monitor 239 may operate on an “exception” basis. That is, providing alert messages as an event is detected to indicate to a user when something unusual happened. Also, alert monitor 239 may operate on an escalation basis, where repeated or prolonged events would be given a higher priority. For example, a stock clerk might be alerted whenever an item was approaching an out of stock situation, or when a single shelf malfunctioned. Further, a department manager might be alerted if several types of items were out of stock, if an out of stock situation persisted for more than a day, and if a gondola went out of service.
- ISSA 200 may also include one or more inventory request interfaces 250 that collects RFID tag reader events and may receive data and/or requests from business layer 230 and
request response manager 220. The exchange of commands, data, and/or information within environment 110-1 denote a typical information flow, which may be associated with a higher level entity, such as inventory request interface 250 sending a command to a lower level entity such asDCS 160, and in return, receiving data from theDCS 160. Further, the information flow may also be reversed. For example,DCS 160 may request information from ISSA 200, such as antenna tuning data, or may report certain events ISSA 200, such as a malfunction in one or more components (e.g., antenna 270). Interface 250 may be an Active Server Page (ASP) that other applications may send HTTP information. Interface 250 may receive EPC data fromRRM 220 and send EPC eXtensible Markup Language (XML) data to a message queue that is set up for each reader 262 inDCS 160. - ISSA 200 may be configured using different types of architectures. For example, in one aspect of the invention, ISSA 200 may be configured in a three-tier architecture structure that includes a top level associated with user interface 210, a middle layer associated with business logic/transaction 230, and a bottom layer associated with database 215.
- The top layer user Interface 210 may be software that runs on a web browser, such as Internet Explorer (v5.0 or higher) from Microsoft® Corp. User interface 210 may, when executed by CPU 201, send requests and receive responses from a computer system, such as a server (e.g., Microsoft® Internet Information Server (IIS)). The server may return XML and eXtensible Stylesheet Language (XSL) information to user interface 210. The XML and XSL information may be applied together by user interface 210 using one of many Document Object Model (DOM) techniques (e.g., Microsoft DOM). When the XML and XSL are applied by user interface 210, content presented in Hypertext Markup Language (HTML) may be displayed on display 204 through the browser executed by
IIMS 105. Although the above examples described XML and HTML based services, one skilled in the art will appreciate that many types of data processing and presentation languages may be implemented without departing from the scope of the invention. - The middle or Business Logic tier 230 exposes business logic to ISSA 200. Business logic components may be developed, for example, using Microsoft.NET Classes, Microsoft VB.NET or C#. Furthermore, .NET Class components may be created from within ASP.NET Web Services. These classes may be stateless, and multi-threaded unless otherwise specified by business logic 230.
- The database 215 tier may store data used to perform one or more inventory management processes consistent with certain features of the invention. In one aspect of the invention, there may be no business logic in this tier, that enables
IIMS 105 to implement multiple types of databases. Database 215 may be accessed using different types of database languages, depending on the architecture the database is configured upon. For example, Structured Query Language (SQL) commands via ActiveX Data Objects (ADO) and/or Open DataBase Connectivity (ODBC) over Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP). Further, to prevent mismanagement of the information, database 215 tier may be configured to allow access only by business logic tier 230. -
RRM 220 -
RRM 220 may be an application that is executed by a computing system (e.g., an RRM system (not shown)) to provide a bridge (i.e., interface) between high level components (e.g., software such as ISSA 200) and lower level components (e.g., hardware/firmware, such as DCS 160). AlthoughFIG. 2 showsRRM 220 as a separate component,RRM 220 may be stored inmemory 202 and executed by CPU 201. In one aspect of the invention,RRM 220 may communicate between inventory request interface 250 and one or more primary controllers 260, located inDCS 160, or primary controller proxies (not shown) located withinRRM 220, which perform data handling or analysis on information collected from RFID tags 280 ininventory 170.RRM 220 may include a user interface that allows a user to view a current status ofRRM 220. The user interface may be accessed fromIIMS 105 which may executeRRM 220. - In one aspect of the invention,
RRM 220 may load XML configuration documents from an RRM configuration interface (not shown) included in ISSA 200. The configuration file may include one or more event lists and/or command lists, which are a list of events provided byDCS 160 and commands provided by ISSA 200, respectively.RRM 220 may create a request broker 222 for each event list in the configuration file from a configuration XML document provided by ISSA 200 (e.g., inventory request interface 250). Alternatively,RRM 220 may create a primary controller proxy (not shown) for each event list. A primary controller proxy is further explained below with respect toDCS 160 and primary controller 260. Also,RRM 220 may create one or more response brokers 224 that handle responses from one or more primary controllers 260 or primary controller proxies included withinRRM 220. A response broker 224 may also send acknowledgment and/or failure information to request broker 222 indicating whether a response has been properly received from primary controller 260. In one aspect of the invention, response broker 224 may initiate an object-oriented class based on a reader 262 that receives read data and converts it to an EPC XML document. Response broker 224 may also send the EPC XML document to ISSA 200, if available. If the ISSA 200 is not available at that time, response broker 224 may store the EPC XML document in a queue until ISSA 200 is available. - When request broker 222 is initiated by
RRM 220, it may be sent a list of commands from ISSA 200. Request broker 222 may access the received list and execute each command. After each command is executed, request broker 222 may wait for a response from a response broker 224, such as acknowledgement or failure response. If there is no response from response broker 224 within a certain time period (that may be defined in the command list), or a failure message is returned, another command list may executed in response to the failure. On the other hand, if an acknowledgement is received from response broker 224, then request broker 222 may execute the next command in the command list. Once all commands in a command list are executed, request broker 222 may re-execute the commands in the command list in the original order of execution. - Response broker 224 monitors for any responses provided by primary controller 260 or a primary controller proxy included within
RRM 220. When a response arrives, response broker 224 may determine a response Internet Protocol (IP) address and creates a thread to process the received response while continuing to monitor for any additional incoming responses. Based on a received response from primary controller 260, response broker 224 may provide an appropriate request broker 222 with an acknowledgment or failure information representing the status of the broker's request. The appropriate response broker 222 may be the broker that executed a command or request that corresponds to the received response. - In the event the received response contains data, response broker 224 may dynamically initiate a method of an object to parse the data based on the configuration XML. Each class that is initiated may return similar EPC XML data. Response broker 224 may place each returned EPC XML data into a data structure, such as a table. Response broker 224 may also retrieve one or more read sequences for a given reader 262 from the table (e.g., a sequence of read commands that retrieve EPC information from certain RFID tags 280).
- If response broker 224 determines that there is EPC XML data left in the queue for a current reader 262, then response broker 264 may send the data to ISSA 200. In one aspect of the invention, response broker 224 may send the EPC XML data from the queue in a particular sequence, such as oldest to newest. Once the queued EPC XML data is provided to ISSA 200, response broker 224 may then send the current EPC XML received. On the other hand, if there is no EPC XML data in the queue for the current reader 262, then the current EPC XML data is passed to the ISSA 200. At that time, if ISSA 200 is unavailable, then response broker 224 may place the current EPC XML in the queue.
- In one aspect of the invention, ISSA 200 may request data (e.g., provide a read command) on demand (e.g., requests with response times of a few seconds or less) or periodically, such as requests that are initiated automatically on set schedules (e.g., every minute, hour, day, etc.).
DCS 160 may acquire the requested data from RFID tags 280 through one ormore antenna 270. The rate of acquisition of the data may be based on the number of RFID tags 280 included ininventory 170. Thus, for example,DCS 160 may collect the requested data within a few seconds for an inventory including a few hundred of tagged items or within a few minutes for much larger inventories, such as those including thousands of RFID tagged items. It is the responsibility ofRRM 220 to manage the collection of the data through the components operating withinDCS 160. For example,RRM 220 may be configured to sequentially provide a query for requested data to several RFID tag reader devices (e.g., reader 262) that are dedicated to collecting item information from RFID tags positioned in different locations withinenvironment 170.DCS 160 and RFID tag data collection -
DCS 160 may be a collection of hardware, firmware, and/or software that perform data collection functions consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention.DCS 160 may include a primary controller 260, one or more readers 262, and one or moresecondary controllers 266.DCS 160 may control one ormore antenna 270 that are associated with (e.g., mounted on) corresponding support structures (e.g., shelf units) from which one or more items rest. The items ininventory 170 may each be tagged with RFID tags 280 that include item information, such as an EPC reflecting various characteristics associated with the respective item. When acorresponding antenna 270 is activated byDCS 160, information within any RFID tags 280 located within a readable proximity of the activated antenna may be retrieved and provided toDCS 160. The RFID tags 280 respond to RF energy emitted byantenna 270, and this response is sensed by reader 262, which returns digital serial data to the primary controller 260. The digital serial data may be parsed by primary controller 260 and then returned to response broker 224 for further processing by ISSA 200. - Primary controller 260 may be a device and/or process that monitors for and receives requests (e.g., commands) from request broker 222 and consequently generates a series of corresponding commands specific to a reader 262 that environment 110-1 may be using to access particular items in
inventory 170. In one aspect of the invention, the commands provided by a request broker 222 may be formatted in accordance with a network protocol, for example, the TCP/IP protocol. Primary controller 260 may send the received commands (e.g., TCP/IP packets) to reader 262 and/or one or moresecondary controllers 266. In another aspect of the invention, controller 260 may pass the commands to reader 262 and/or one or moresecondary controllers 266 in the form of RS-485 or other types of serial communication protocols. Table I shows a list of exemplary commands that primary controller 260 may provide to reader 262 and/orsecondary controllers 266. -
TABLE I Exemplary Primary Controller Commands EXEMPLARY COMMAND Select an antenna 270Place reader 262 in active mode Adjust a power level of reader 262 for the selected antenna 270Perform a first read operation Determine which EPC numbers have been read Prevent the read tag(s) from responding further during a current read cycle Perform additional read operations until no more EPC numbers are read Place reader 262 in standby mode De-select the antenna 270Continue with the next antenna 270 to be read - Primary controller 260 also monitors for a response from reader 262 and/or
secondary controller 266 that was sent one or more commands. Based on whether a response is received and the type of response, primary controller 260 may generate and send acknowledgment, non-acknowledgment (e.g., failure), and/or read information to response broker 224. The read information may include EPC information associated with the RFID tags 280 ininventory 170. For example, primary controller 260 may provide one or more EPC numbers to response broker 224 each time a read operation is completed by reader 262. Alternatively, primary controller 260 may store the EPC numbers temporarily in a memory device (not shown). Once a certain number of RFID tags 280 for one ormore antennae 270 have been read by reader 262 (e.g., all of tags, a portion of the tags, etc.), primary controller 260 may also perform a batch transfer process that provides the read data (e.g., EPC data) all at once, or in groups, to response broker 224. - In another aspect of the invention, primary controller 260 may adjust for any differences in a received command or data stream that may be peculiar to a reader 262 that the controller may use to read information from RFID tags 280. Primary controller 260 may use any of a number of readers 262 so long as the chosen reader 262 is physically able to drive one or
more antennae 270. Eachantenna 270 may be configured to be compatible with one or more different types of readers 262. In one aspect of the invention, a givenantenna 270 may be optimized (i.e., tuned) for one frequency, so that theantenna 270 may work with any reader 262 that uses the same frequency. Accordingly, more than one reader 262 may activate any givenantenna 270 within environment 110-1 as long as the reader 262 provides its signals using the frequency tuned to that givenantenna 270. - As explained above, although
FIG. 2 shows primary controller 260 as part ofDCS 160, controller 260 may be implemented as a software primary controller proxy (not shown) within theRRM 220. Accordingly, communications from the primary controller proxy software may leave theRRM 220 as TCP/IP commands and are converted to RS-485 data communications by a separate device and/or process (not shown). - Reader 262 may be one or more of any type of off-the-shelf RFID readers provided by many different manufacturers, such as the I-CODE reader provided by Philips®. More than one type of reader 262 may be implemented within
DCS 160, as long as primary controller 260 (or an equivalent device dedicated to communicate with reader 262) is configured to communicate with the reader 262 (e.g., provide valid commands and properly interpreting returned data). AlthoughFIG. 2 shows reader 262 as a separate component withinDCS 160, primary controller 260 and reader 262 may be physically combined in a single electronic entity. Depending on the type of environment 110-1 and/oritem inventory 170, one, several, several hundred, etc. readers 262 may be used byDCS 160 to collect item information frominventory 170. Although each reader 262 may be associated with its own primary controller 260, a single primary controller 260 may be assigned to work with one or more readers 262 to facilitate collecting item information frominventory 170. -
Secondary Controller 266 - Besides communicating with reader 262, primary controller 260 also communicates with one or more
secondary controllers 266.Secondary controller 266 is a computing device and/or process that may select one ormore antennae 270 by controlling electronic components that act as switches to activate or deactivate acorresponding antenna 270. Eachsecondary controller 266 may be physically located proximate to and connected with a group ofantennae 270, such as several antennae contained within a shelf or localized fixture that store items included ininventory 170. For example, environment 110-1 may have hundreds ofsecondary controllers 266 and thousands ofantennae 270. Further,secondary controller 266 may also, upon receiving one or more commands from primary controller 260, operate a peripheral device 255 to display item information from RFID tags 280 included initem inventory 170 and/or provide inventory information to a user. For example, peripheral device 255 may be a display mounted on a front edge of a shelf that supports one or more items. Alternately, peripheral device 255 may be connected directly to a serial data bus that communicates between primary controller 260 andsecondary controller 266. Further, peripheral device 255 may be connected to a dedicated bus that is not tied to secondary controllers 266 (e.g., USB). Besides output devices such as displays, peripheral device 255 may include an input/output device, such as a bar code reader or any other type of device that may plug into a shelf to facilitate data collection/retrieval from items with or without RFID tags 280. For example, a user may use such a bar code scanner to collect and read the UPC number for an item and to associate an EPC number with UPC numbers already in a database. Accordingly, in circumstances where one or more items are received by environment 110-1 without an RFID tag 280, the scanner may be used to facilitate associating a non-tagged item with a UPC or EPC. Also, peripheral device 255 may be a monitoring device that connects to an interface mounted on a shelf unit. The monitoring device may perform checking functions, such as checking the status of any antennae in the shelf unit and items resting on the shelf. - In one aspect of the invention, one or more peripheral devices 255 may communicate with one or more
secondary controllers 266. For example, peripheral device 255 may represent a plurality of proximity sensors that each detect the presence of a user (e.g., customer) within a predetermined vicinity of the device 255. Based on whether a user, or other entity, was within the vicinity (e.g., a few inches, a few feet, etc.), device 255 may generate a signal (e.g., analog or discrete signal, digital signal, etc.) that may be monitored by a processor device and/or computer executed process with analog and/or digital I/O processing capabilities. Alternatively, device 255 may be a video camera mounted within or proximate to one or more shelves for surveillance purposes. The camera may receive a signal (e.g., interrupt) fromsecondary controller 266 when it determines that an item, or a number of items above a certain threshold number, was removed from a particular location. The camera may be activated by the signal to record video continuously or may take a still picture only when the signal is received. - One task of
secondary controller 266 may be to switchantennae 270 mounted within a single shelf unit (or similar support unit) storing one or more items frominventory 170. Also,secondary controller 266 may be used to communicate information to and from a user (e.g., customer, retailer employee, etc.). For example,secondary controller 266 may receive from ISSA 200 (via database 215) item information about each item known to be on a shelf served bysecondary controller 266. This item information may include current price, size, weight, unit price, and/or sale status (e.g., discount on a current sale price). The item information may be displayed on peripheral device 255, such as a shelf edge display. If there is more than one type of item on the shelf, there may be multiple shelf edge displays mounted on or near the shelf. Alternately, information for each item type might cycle sequentially on a single display, pausing for several seconds before continuing to the next item type. The shelf edge display may be provided with a user interface button to temporarily halt the display cycle and to request additional information about the product being displayed when pressed by the user. Also, if ISSA 200 senses an item being removed from the shelf based on data provided byDCS 160, it may instructsecondary controller 266 to display information associated with that item on the peripheral device 255. -
Secondary controller 266 may also be configured to facilitate other interactive operations between ISSA 200 and a customer. In one aspect of the invention, a customer may be provided with an RFID-based customer card that includes an RFID tag containing information concerning or identifying a customer. The customer identification information may be related to information stored in database 215 or another memory device that maintains customer information, such as a current shopping list provided by the customer (via the Internet and browser software, kiosk device, etc.), and profile information associated with the customer and/or the customer's family members (e.g., clothing sizes, brand preferences, etc.). When a customer carrying a customer RFID card enters and moves throughout environment 110-1, the presence of the customer card in the vicinity of a shelf equipped with the RFID antenna associated withsecondary controller 266 may cause a signal or data to be passed to ISSA 200 through primary controller 260. In response to the signal or data, ISSA 200 may directsecondary controller 266 to display information about an item at the shelf that detected the customer card, such as through peripheral device 255. In this instance, ISSA 200 may access database 215 to collect any customer information associated with the identifier corresponding to the detected customer card. ISSA 200 may then determine whether any items or types of items located near or at the shelf that detected the card relate to the customer information stored in database 215. For example, ISSA 200 may determine whether an item is included in a shopping list created by the customer and/or relates to a list of preferred products for the customer. Further, ISSA 200 may provide additional information tosecondary controller 266 for display on peripheral device 255, such as the availability of the customer's size in the case of a clothing item, the availability of a rebate for an item, and the availability of sales or rebates for other items. - The exemplary features associated with
secondary controller 266 are not limited to RFID-based customer cards. Methods and systems consistent with certain aspects of the invention may also allow a user who is an employee or similar individual affiliated with environment 110-1 to be assigned an RFID-based employee card. For example, a salesperson working for a retail store may be provided with an RFID-based employee card that may be detected byantenna 270 located in any shelf unit or similar structure included in the retail store. The presence of the RFID-based employee card within the vicinity of a shelf associatedsecondary controller 266 may cause ISSA 200 to provide commands toDCS 160 and ultimatelysecondary controller 266 that direct peripheral device 255 to display information associated with the shelf. For instance, the information displayed may include data that identifies any out-of-date items that must be removed from the shelf, items approaching an expiration date that may be relocated forward on the shelf, moved to another location (e.g., a promotional area), and/or offered at reduced price, items that are short on stock and where to locate additional units of the items within the store (e.g., environment 110-1), and items that are misplaced and where to relocate them within the store. For items low on stock but not available from a third party supplier, such as a warehouse, IS SA 200 may instructsecondary controller 266 to display a message that conveys expected delivery dates of new stock. Further, the message may also report an availability of a missing item at nearby stores or alternate locations remote from environment 110-1. - ISSA 200 and
RRM 220 may also communicate withDCS 160 that is located at POS locations, such as checkout lanes. At these locations, ISSA 200 may interact with the POS system to facilitate certain sales transactions. For example, ISSA 200 may automatically register an item having a warranty with a manufacturer by using serial number information obtained from the EPC number of the item and/or customer identification information (e.g., name, address, etc.) collected from an RFID (or conventional) customer card. The customer may be given an option whether to accept the registration at the checkout lane, or to defer it until later. - Optimization of RFID Tag Reading Performed by
DCS 160 - In one aspect of the invention, reader 262 may send RF energy through an RF bus (e.g., cable) to
antennae 270 throughsecondary controller 266. Asingle antenna 270, or a group ofantennae 270 located adjacent to one another and working in concert, may be activated and operational at a given time based on signals provided bysecondary controller 266 and/or reader 262. The active period for a givenantenna 270 may be based on the amount of time it takes to collect information from RFID tags 280 located in proximity to theantenna 270.Secondary controller 266, under directions from the primary controller 260, may select and activate eachantenna 270 in turn. The order in whichantenna 270 are selected may be optimized so that the reader 262 may be shared amongmany antennae 270. The sharing of reader 262 may allowDCS 160 to collect inventory data more or less regularly, as well as focusing immediate attention onantennae 270 where one or more items are being moved. In one aspect of the invention, ISSA 200 may determine whichantenna 270 to activate based on one more prioritization factors. These factors may include: - 1)
antennae 270 that are located in proximity to a RFID tag 280 that was most recently added or moved; - 2)
antennae 270 that are located in proximity of one ormore antennae 270 with recent activity; - 3)
antennae 270 associated with one or more items known historically to have a high sales volume during a particular time period (e.g., time of day or week); - 4)
antennae 270 that are associated with a pushbutton request from a customer for information, such as an interactive display peripheral device 255 mounted on a shelf including theantennae 270; - 5)
antennae 270 that have an RFID card (e.g., customer or employee card) located within their read range; - 6)
antennae 270 that have not been activated for a predetermined period of time; - 7)
antennae 270 that have one or more theft-prone items within their read range, such as high end merchandise items (e.g., jewels, etc.); - 8)
antennae 270 that are expected to have a product of immediate interest to a user (e.g., employee or customer), such as when a user requests information reflecting whether a desired item is available “on shelf” or in a back inventory stock room; - 9)
antennae 270 that are associated with one or more items that have passed through a POS terminal within a predetermined period of time (e.g., recent POS sales); and - 10)
antennae 270 that are associated with one or more items approaching their shelf life. - One skilled in the art will appreciate that the above list of prioritizing factors is not intended to be limiting and ISSA 200 and/or a user may determine other prioritizing factors based on one or more variables and weighting factors associated with the characteristics of the items in
inventory 170. - Performance Monitoring Capabilities of
DCS 160 - In one aspect of the invention, the hardware/software components of
DCS 160, including primary controller 260, reader 262, andsecondary controllers 266, may perform self-monitoring and self-diagnosing operations to determine and report any operational problems to ISSA 200. For example, to perform some self-diagnosing operations, a shelf unit may include, within the shelf'santennae 270 read range, at least one RFID tag to provide a self-check function. Accordingly, even when the shelf is empty (i.e., no items rest upon the shelf) there is at least one RFID tag that may be read by theantennae 270 included in the shelf. In one aspect of the invention, at least one such RFID tag may be embedded near the center of, or at another location easily read by, anantenna 270 included in the shelf and another RFID tag embedded near the antenna's 270 read-range limit.Secondary controller 266 may, either periodically or on command from ISSA 200, send test read signals/commands to the antenna of atarget shelf 270 and monitor any responses collected from the embedded RFID tag(s) included in a corresponding shelf unit. In the event thatsecondary controller 266 does not receive a proper response from one or more embedded RFID tags, controller 266 (or another device, such as primary controller 260) may ascertain that a malfunction may have occurred. - To locate the source of a malfunction,
DCS 160 may perform various self-test read operations through neighboring components to a target shelf unit and/ortarget antenna 270. For example, if anotherantenna 270 driven by the samesecondary controller 266 can still be read, thenDCS 160 may associate the malfunction with thetarget antenna 270. On the other hand, if all antennae 270 served by a givensecondary controller 266 are not responding to command signals from the controller (i.e., not reading any RFID tags 280), thenDCS 160 may associate the malfunction with thesecondary controller 266. Further, if all antennae 270 served by a given primary controller 260 and reader 262 are not reading data from asecondary controller 266, then the problem is likely within the primary controller 260 or the reader 262. To determine which of these components is the source of the malfunction,DCS 160 may determine whether primary controller 260 may still communicate diagnostic data with one or moresecondary controllers 266. If so,DCS 160 may associate the malfunction with reader 262. Additionally, if RS-485 serial data communication techniques are used between primary controller 260, reader 262, and one or moresecondary controllers 266,DCS 160 may provide a sequential order ofsecondary controllers 266 that primary controller 260 may communicate with during a tag reading operation. Accordingly, if an RS-485 data cable is disconnected somewhere along its length, primary controller 260, having been provided beforehand with the sequence information indicating the order of thesecondary controllers 266 along the RS-485 link, may determine at what point the RS-485 link was disconnected. In one aspect, acknowledgment command protocols may be performed by primary controller 260 to determine whichsecondary controller 266 is not responding to a command. That is, communications along the RS-485 link may include commands that are acknowledged by the receiving entity on the link, and lack of acknowledgment is another means to deduce where any problems may lie. - Exemplary Software Objects for ISSA 200
- In one aspect of the invention, ISSA 200 may perform certain functions related to the present invention using object-oriented programming constructs and techniques. For example, ISSA 200 may employ web services to perform certain functions related to aspects of the present invention. Table II shows a list of exemplary software objects that may be implemented by ISSA 200 that may be used by one or more processes (e.g., tasks 231-239) and interact with one or more of the exemplary tables included in database 215.
-
TABLE II Exemplary Software Objects Web IssaServ/Admin.asmx Handles all administrative related Service functions Methods GetEPCReadersListXML Retrieves selected Req. Broker's list of zones GetUserListXML Retrieves list of users StartRequestBroker Tell Broker Mgr to START selected Req Broker GetRequestBrokerDetailXML Retrieves selected Req Broker's info SaveRequestBroker Saves Req Broker's data GetRequestBrokerListXML Retrieves list of Req Brokers SaveEPCReader Saves the zone's data StopRequestBroker Tell Broker Mgr to STOP selected Req Broker StartAllRequestBrokers Tell Broker Mgr to START all Req Brokers GetEPCReaderDetailsXML Retrieves selected zone's info Save User Saves the user's data DemoGetZonesInvListXML Retrieves list of items on selected list of readers StopAllRequestBrokers Tell Broker Mgr to STOP ALL Req Brokers GetRequestBrokerStatus Retrieves the current status of a Req Broker GetUserDetailXML Retrieves selected user's info. Web IssaServ/Inventory.asmx Handles all inventory related Service functions. Method GetItemDetail returns item detail for a given SKU including product information, EPCs and locations. Web IssaServ/OutOfStock.asmx Interface for client application for Service executing all business logic functions related to out of stock functionality. Methods GetInventoryXML Returns XML Stream of physical inventory. Data are retrieved from tblInv. OutOfLimitSKUXML Returns XML Stream of all SKUs over or under a baseline inventory. MisplacedSKUXML Returns XML stream of all SKUs that are currently misplaced on shelves. SKUArrangement Returns XML stream of SKUs and their currently acceptable locations. SetShelfArrangement Sets the current shelf arrangement, and optionally sets the baseline inventory. Web IssaServ/lnventoryRequest.asmx Initiated from Inventory Read Service Request Interface. Executed when EPC codes are sent from Response Broker. Method ReadEPC Updates tblCurEPC, and tblRemEPC Web IssaServ/Shrinkage.asmx Handles all product shrinkage related Service processes. Methods MajorPullXML Returns XML Stream of SKUs or a SKU that has been pulled from location(s) in a specified amount of time based on a specified quantity. InventoryCompareXML Compares tblInv and tblERPinv and returns XML Stream of SKUs and locations where inventory variance is greater or less than a given value. Web IssaServ/Login.asmx Handles all user related functions. Service Method Login Validates a given user name and password. Web IssaServ/RapidRecall.asmx Used for RapidRecall related Service processes. Methods ExpiredProductsXML Returns XML Stream of all products that have been expired based on an expiration date in the tblSKU table. Web IssaServ/Alerts.asmx Used for all alert related functions Service Methods GetInventoryAlertJobs Retrieve current inventory alert configuration info GetCurrentAlertsXML Returns an XML Stream of all the current alerts in the system. RemoveAlerts Remove specified alerts from database NewInventoryAlertJob Sets an alert job to monitor products in a given location that go above or below a given percentage of their baseline inventory ConfirmAlerts Update selected list of alerts to show confirmation NewInventoryRemovalJob Sets an alert job to monitor products have been removed in a given quantity in a given amount of seconds. Web IssaServ/LookupLists.asmx Handles all drop-down list population Service functions Method GetLists Returns items to populate give drop- down list - Jobs 240
- Jobs 240 may be one or more processes that are executed internally and/or externally from ISSA 200 and may be used to trigger alerts and retrieve information from remote locations, such as a manufacturer's website, or from entities located within environment 110-1. Each process, or job, included in Jobs 240 may be developed using known programming languages, such as the JAVA programming language and JDBC provided by Sun Microsystems, Inc., and known scheduling software, such as Microsoft Scheduler.
- In one aspect of the invention, Jobs 240 may include an inventory limit job that runs periodically (e.g., every 60 seconds) and monitors inventory levels based on configurations that may have been set by a user through a user interface provided in interface 210 and stored in a configuration table within database 215. This job may generate an inventory out of limits alert if any inventory items are found to be out of bounds relative to the baseline inventory (e.g., current stock above and/or below a predetermined value). The alert may be generated using an alert method, such as the exemplary WebService ISSAserv/Alerts.asmx/NewIn-ventoryAlertJob method described in Table II. In one aspect of the invention, the inventory limit job may direct a message provisioning service to send an e-mail to one or more predefined users each time an inventory out of limits alert occurs.
- Jobs 240 may also perform a wrong shelf job that may run continuously and monitors misplaced items that are on an incorrect shelf. If ISSA 200 determines that an item is located on an incorrect shelf, Jobs 240 may generate an alert message corresponding to that type of alert (i.e., misplaced item) and insert it into a table within database 215, such as an alert table (e.g., tblAlerts). In one aspect of the invention, the wrong shelf job may direct a message provisioning service to send an e-mail to one or more predefined users each time a misplaced item alert occurs.
- Jobs 240 may also perform a removal limit job that may run continuously and monitor items that have been removed from their designated locations (e.g., shelf) in a quantity and time period specified by a user via user interface 210. The removal limit job may generate and store information associated with the removed items in a table in database 215, such an inventory removal table (e.g., tblInventoryRemove). Further, if this job determines one or more items that have been removed based on the specified quantity and time period values, this job may create a new alert message associated with this condition and insert into the alert table (e.g., tblAlerts).
- Jobs 240 may also perform an expired products job that may run every day at a predetermined time (e.g., 12:01 a.m.), and determine whether any items have been located in
inventory 170 have reached or exceeded their corresponding expiration limit (e.g., expiration date). If the expired products job finds an item that has been expired, or is approaching an expiration date, it may create a corresponding alert message and insert it into the alert table (e.g., tblAlerts). - Further, Jobs 240 may perform a SKU update job that may run periodically (e.g., every 10 minutes) that identifies any new items (e.g., SKUs) that may have been added to
environment 170. This job may request item information associated with the identified new items from an ERP system or a manufacturer's website using XML. - Also, Jobs 240 may perform a manufacturer update job that may run periodically (e.g., every 10 minutes) that monitors a table in database 215 that is updated when an item is included in
inventory 170 that is provided by a manufacturer that is not registered with ISSA 200 (i.e., a new manufacturer). This update job may retrieve information associated with the new manufacturer from the manufacturer's website or other type of external data source. - EPC Writer
- As the RFID tag industry grows, it is expected that items may be “source-tagged.” That is, the RFID tags 280 may be applied to items and the EPCs written to the tags by a manufacturer. There may be instances, however, when items are included in
inventory 170 that do not include source tagged items. Accordingly, environment 110-1 may perform an EPC writer process that is designed to write EPCs to RFID tags 280. Since the EPC process may be configured to access data on a particular tag one at a time, the process may be performed by a system that is separate from ISSA 200. Alternatively, ISSA 200 may include a separate EPC writer process (in addition to, or in place of, EPC writer task 234) that is executed byIIMS 105. - The EPC writer process may be a Windows® executable process that may use .NET serial implementations to communicate to reader 262. The EPC writer may store, in a file location, the number for the last EPC written to an RFID tag for a given manufacturer and its SKU information (e.g., item type information). Further, the EPC writer process may store a range of serial numbers, SKU information, and manufacturer ID's for an EPC and write this EPC information to the memory of one or more RFID Tags 280. Also, the EPC writer may write to RFID tags based on a standard, such as the Philips SLRM900 specification, depending on the type of RFID tags implemented by environment 110-1. Alternatively, the EPC writer may write to tags using RS-232 or other serial interface communication protocols.
- In one aspect of the invention,
inventory 170 may include one or more RFID enabled shelves that include communication capabilities with peripheral device 255, such as a bar code reader. Accordingly, each shelf may, at least temporarily or periodically, exclusively communicate with the EPC writer process. For instance, a group of items of a certain type may be placed on a shelf by a user (e.g., stock person). One of the items may be scanned with a bar code reader to determine its corresponding UPC number. The EPC writer may then sequentially assign EPC numbers to each item in the group by incorporating the information derived from the UPC number. - Differences between a common UPC and an EPC are shown in Table III. A UPC may consist of decimal (i.e., base ten) data including manufacturer number, object number, and a check digit, totaling 12 digits. An EPC includes binary data that may include a header, manufacturer number, object number, and electronic serial number. In both the UPC and EPC, the manufacturer number may be assigned by a governing body, such as price code standards governing body. An object class (including the object number) may be assigned by a manufacturer. In the case of an EPC, the serial number may also be assigned by the manufacturer.
-
TABLE III Differences Between UPCs and EPCs UPC code 12 Bits fields Total field size: 6 digits 5 digits 1 digit resolution: 1 million 100 thousand 10 description: manufacturer object class or check digit SKU EPC code 96 Bits fields Total field size: 8 bits 28 bits 24 bits 36 bits resolution: 256 268 million 16 million 68 billion description: header manufacturer object class EPC serial or SKU number - In situations where a manufacturer or manufacturers have not been assigned EPC manufacturer codes, the EPC writer may use arbitrary number assignments until the EPC manufacturer codes are assigned. Alternatively, the existing UPC manufacturer codes, which fit directly into the larger EPC manufacturer field, may be used. Also, the existing UPC object class would fit into the larger EPC object field.
- In such situations where a governing body has not assigned manufacturer's codes, the EPC writer may be used in an arbitrary pseudo-EPC field arrangement for use in initial inventory operations, such as trial inventory management processes that incorporate the current UPC field values or arbitrary values as the manufacturer's codes. However, if a standard EPC field arrangement has been implemented, the EPC writer may be used by environment 110-1 to ensure items are properly tagged. Also, if a standard EPC field arrangement is promulgated, the EPC writer may be used by retailers, distribution centers or manufacturers, possibly for limited product lines. One skilled in the art will appreciate that in the event RFID tagging becomes more widespread and “source tagging” by the manufacturer becomes common, use of the EPC writer may diminish at retail locations but increase at manufacturing sources, which may implement methods, systems, and articles of manufacture consistent with certain aspects of the invention.
- If the pseudo-EPC field arrangement is implemented described above, environment 110-1 may assign EPC codes by defining a determined number of fields (e.g., three) for the pseudo-EPC number. For example, the pseudo-EPC number may be arranged with an 8-bit header (1111,1111) that corresponds to the type header in the EPC, a 52-bit UPC field that is divided into 13 subfields of 4 bits each, and a 36-bit serial number field, such as a sequential number, 0 to 68,719,476,735). The size of the data segments in the EPC may vary without departing from the scope of the present invention.
- The UPC number is made up of up to 13 digits, using the binary representation of each digit, one nibble per UPC digit. That is, 0 is 0000, 1 is 0001, 2 is 0010, . . . and 9 is 1001. Individual packages of a given item may be assigned unique serial numbers until more than 68.7 billion packages are encountered. Note that there may be a difference in how the UPC number and the serial number are treated by the EPC writer and environment 110-1 when converting to a binary representation. In the case of the UPC number, each UPC digit (up to 13 digits) is assigned a nibble in the EPC. A binary conversion may be performed by EPC writer digit by digit, keeping particular decimal digits in correspondence with particular EPC nibbles. In the case of the EPC serial number, however, a straight conversion may be performed from the decimal serial number to the binary serial number, which is recorded in the 36-bit EPC field.
- For example, consider an exemplary 96-bit pseudo-EPC code that has been filled with an exemplary barcode for a type of item (e.g., a 10-fl oz bottle of a multi-symptom cold/flu relief medicine). The barcode may be 23900,00296 (or 000,23900,00296 in 13-digit form). A serial number of 34782 may have been assigned to make the package for this item type unique. In binary representation, 34782 is 0100,0011,1110,1111. Table IV shows the corresponding EPC and UPC data associated with this exemplary item type.
-
TABLE IV Exemplary UPC and EPC codes for Exemplary Item Type pseudo- EPC EPC nibble bits UPC digit Description 1 1111 8-bit header, first half 2 1111 8-bit header, second half 3 0000 0 13th nibble - 13th UPC digit 4 0000 0 12th nibble - 12th UPC digit 5 0000 0 11th nibble - 11th UPC digit 6 0010 2 10th nibble - 10th UPC digit 7 0011 3 9th nibble - 9th UPC digit 8 1001 9 8th nibble - 8th UPC digit 9 0000 0 7th nibble - 7th UPC digit 10 0000 0 6th nibble - 6th UPC digit 11 0000 0 5th nibble - 5th UPC digit 12 0000 0 4th nibble - 4th UPC digit 13 0010 2 3rd nibble - 3rd UPC digit 14 1001 9 2nd nibble - 2nd UPC digit 15 0110 6 1st nibble - 1st UPC digit 16 0000 9th nibble of serial number 17 0000 8th nibble of serial number 18 0000 7th nibble of serial number 19 0000 6th nibble of serial number 20 0000 5th nibble of serial number 21 0100 4th nibble of serial number 22 0011 3rd nibble of serial number 23 1110 2nd nibble of serial number 24 1111 1st nibble of serial number - To facilitate assignment of the appropriate pseudo-EPC number to tagged items, the EPC writer may record the 12- or 13-digit UPC number electronically at the time when the serial number is assigned and the RFID tag 280 is applied to the package of the item.
FIG. 3 shows a flowchart of an exemplary EPC writer process that may perform the above described RFID tagging process. As shown, the EPC writer process may obtain a list of SKUs (item types) to be tagged (Step 310). This list may include the UPC number for each item type and a character string identifying the item, and may be stored in a SKU table that may be filled by any known type of barcode scanning software and/or hardware. In one aspect of the invention, the SKU table may include three fields, a UPC number field, a manufacturer name field, and a character string to include general description information, such as size, flavor, etc. - At the time when an RFID tag 280 is to be assigned to an item, the EPC writer process may call
EPC writer task 234 that operates as an assignment module in ISSA 200. The call may directtask 234 to access the SKU table (which may be stored in database 215) and locate a corresponding UPC for each SKU included in the list obtained in Step 310 (Step 320). For example,EPC writer task 234 may generate a query to search the SKU table for manufacturer and/or item name. - Once a UPC is located for a corresponding SKU, the
EPC writer task 234 may provide this information back to the EPC writer process. Once received, the EPC writer process may use the UPC to write the entire pseudo-EPC number to the RFID tag on each package of the item type, by for example, using a write to tag command that is executed by the RFID reader (Step 330). This step assigns the unique serial numbers to each tag. Further, the EPC writer process may log the pseudo-EPC into a table during this procedure, such as a table stored in database 215 (Step 340). - In one aspect of the invention, an RFID tag 280 may contain both the serial number that is assigned as the unique RFID tag number and the pseudo-EPC number that is encoded as extra data. Although the pseudo-EPC number includes information that identifies an item, the serial number may be read faster by reader software/hardware than the pseudo-EPC number. For example, an anticollision select command provided by certain bar code readers, such as the Philips reader, may automatically return the RFID tag serial numbers. In instances where the type of items located on a particular shelf change very little from one RFID tag read operation to another, the read cycle for obtaining the pseudo-EPC number may be improved by storing the EPC information and corresponding serial number information in a local cache memory device (not shown). Accordingly, the reader may issue an anticollision select command when attempting to read an RFID tag 280 and initially receive the RFID tag serial number. The reader may then determine whether the tag serial number is located in the local cache. If it is, then the reader may retrieve the corresponding EPC number from the cache. If the tag is not stored in the cache, then the reader may read the tag data blocks to obtain the pseudo EPC number. The RFID tag serial number and EPC number may then be added to the cache for a subsequent read cycle. Environment 110-1 may perform a purge process that may purge the tag information contained within the cache on a periodic basis. This may provide similar data access performance as a relational type database containing the tag serial number and EPC, with less data management delays.
- User interface 210 may provide content-based interfaces to a user that enables the user to request and input information associated with the intelligent inventory management functions consistent with certain aspects related to the invention.
FIG. 4 shows anexemplary interface map 400 that provides a framework that ISSA 200 may implement to respond to inquiries from a user via user interface 210. Each box inmap 400 may represent a page process performed by user interface 210 that allows a user to request and/or receive information. Each page may check a security key carried in a session for a current user to determine whether the user is allowed access to the corresponding page. Further, each page may post an XML document to ISSA 200 and retrieve XML information. Also, content may be displayed on a display device (e.g., display 204) by applying style sheets to XML from COM+components described for each page. Further, the page process inmap 400 may interact with corresponding one or more processes included in ISSA 200 (e.g., tasks 231-239) and jobs 240. - As shown,
FIG. 4 includes a home page 402 allows that allows a user to navigate to other pages displayed by the page process inmap 400. Among these pages is a user login page 410 that allows a user to enter a username and password. Page 410 may then initiate a login process, such as a WebService ISSAserv/Login.asmx/Login method. If the user is a valid user, the login page process may direct user interface 210 to execute home page process 402. Otherwise, login page 410 may again request a user name and password. - File page 408 directs the user to login as new user page 410 which allows the user to create and edit user information and to set up alert subscriptions (e.g., define certain types of alerts that are desired to be reported). Logoff page 412 page allows the user to log off from the current login session.
- Stock
level control page 414 allows the user to access various inventory level information by directing the user, for example, to ViewLive Inventory page 416. This page allows users to view the current physical inventory at a particular location, such as a shelf. The user may generate a query using various fields defined by user interface 210. Table V shows a list of exemplary search fields a user may use to filter a search. Once the query is entered by the user, interface 210 may display a search results forLive Inventory page 416 that initiates a process (e.g., WebService IS SAserv/OutofStock.asmx/GetInventoryXML) that allows the user to search and view information associated with an item. This process may allow the user to receive information from another page, such as an Item Detail page (not shown). In one aspect of the invention, a user who is a vendor with merchandise included in environment 110-1 may be given limited local or remote access to the ViewLive Inventory page 416 to ascertain whether their item is being displayed according to preset agreements. For example, the vendor may determine whether their items are presented on a certain number of shelf facings, located in a particular location within a store, whether their items are positioned in a preferred location within a set of shelves, such as at eye level as opposed to higher or lower levels, etc. -
TABLE V Search Fields Manufacturer SKU Number Category Current Inventory Count (From, To) (on-shelf) Current Inventory Count (From, To) (back room or warehouse) Expected Inventory Count (From, To) on order Expected Delivery Date Serial Number (From, To) Price (From, To) Cost (From, To) Aisle Number Gondola Number Shelf Number EPC Reader (For debugging purposes) Revenue (price × velocity) Time an Alert is active Time elapsed since last sale Time elapsed since item count dropped below a critical threshold Time since an out-of-date, or until an out-of-date Other arbitrarily assigned or calculated priority codes - The Item Detail page (not shown) may perform a process that allows a user to view information associated with an item, determine where the item is currently located in environment 110-1, and a time when the item was placed at that location. Items may be considered to be located at a particular physical location (e.g., a particular shelf) if the item is read by a
single reader antenna 270, or on a “virtual shelf” if the item is read bymultiple reader antennae 270 that are associated with each other in a relationship table, such as a tblRelatedEPC table included in database 215. - The View SKU Out of Limits page 418 allows a user to view information associated with one or more item types that are currently over or under an allowable percentage of baseline inventory. The user may be able to filter a search by using the fields shown in Table V. Once the filter information is entered by the user, user interface 210 may display a search results for SKUs out of limits page (not shown). This page may initiate a process (e.g., WebService ISSAserv/OutofStockasmx/OutofimitsSK-UXML) that shows a user a current inventory for a given item or item type at a current location. Further, the process may also provide the baseline inventory value for that item at the specified location, and the difference the current inventory deviates above or below the desired baseline inventory. Furthermore, the process may display the allowable percentage over and under for a given SKU and location. This out of limits information may be used by ISSA 200 to suggest which out-of-limits items to restock first based on expected sales information provided by a user and/or a software process that produces this information. ISSA 200 may also access current and historical sales data maintained in a memory device (e.g., database 215) to generate a report predicting expected times at which each item may become out of stock. Also, ISSA 200 may use various factors, such as pricing, seasonality, etc., to adjust the predicted information provided in the report.
- The View Lost Sales page 420 may allow a user to view information associated with item types that have lost sales due to being out of stock. The user may be able to filter a search query for these SKUs using the fields listed in Table V. Once the filter information is entered, by a user, user interface 210 may display a search results for lost sales page (not shown). This page may initiate a sales estimation process that shows the user an estimate of the sales (e.g., in dollars) lost due to the items of the item type being out-of-stock. The estimate provided by the sales estimation process may be based on a comparison of inventory levels, sales volume (current and historical), and traditional correlation of sales events for similar types of items. For example, ISSA 200 may access inventory data, sales information, etc. from database 215 to perform the comparisons used by the sales estimation process. The estimate of out-of-stock lost sales may be also be based entirely on factors provided by a user (e.g., administrator, retailer manager, etc.) to describe substitution rates associated with the similar item types. Alternatively, ISSA 200 may be configured to train itself by recognizing trends associated with previous sales of these item types and mining it from a database including similar information.
- The Misplaced SKUs page 422 may allow a user to view information associated with items that are currently positioned in an incorrect location within environment 110-1. The user may be able to filter a search for misplaced items using the fields in Table V. Once the filter information is provided by the user, interface 210 may display a search results for misplaced SKUs page. This page may initiate a process (e.g., WebService ISSAserv/OutofStock.asmx/MisplacedSKUXML) that displays any current items that are misplaced and their current location in environment 110-1. The user may elect an item using, for example, the item's SKU information, from a list displayed on a display device to view the location of the selected SKU.
- Stock
level maintenance page 424 directs the user to pages (e.g., 426 and 428) that allow the user to configure and/or view current inventory arrangements in environment 110-1. The ViewShelf Arrangement page 428 may allow a user to view information regarding any item ininventory 170 and their corresponding currently assigned locations in environment 110-1. The user may be able to filter a search using the fields in Table V. Once the filter information is entered by the user, user interface 210 may display a current shelf arrangements page (not shown). The arrangements page may perform a process (e.g., WebService ISSAserv/OutofStock.asmx/SKUArrangement) that shows items and their allowable locations (e.g., locations in environment 110-1 that are assigned to the respective items). ISSA 200 may access item price and/or sales velocity data from a database (e.g., database 215) to provide prioritized locations within environment 110-1 that items of certain types may be placed to promote increased sales and/or movement of these items. - The Set
Shelf Arrangement page 426 may allow a user to set a location for certain types of items, a category of items, items provided by certain manufacturers, a specific SKU number, and a particular range of locations within environment 110-1 (e.g., an aisle, a gondola, and/or a shelf).Page 426 may also allow a user to set the baseline inventory for each item type. Further, environment 110-1 may implement planogram software, which is a plan (e.g., a diagram, picture, etc.) that describes how and where products should be placed on retail shelves and displays. A planogram analyzes space utilization, provides financial data, along with other reports that permit retailers and manufacturers to effectively plan, set-up and manage their businesses to maximize profitability of retail space. Accordingly, the set shelf arrangement page may be downloaded from a planogram program executed by environment 110-1. Likewise, ISSA 200 may allow the planogram program to update current inventory information using the interface page information provided by the inventory data provided by the pages inmap 400. Also, the planogram routine may be incorporated into ISSA 200 for execution byIIMS 105. - The Shrinkage Control page 430 directs the user to shrinkage information provided by pages 432 and 434. The View Over Removed Inventory page 432 may allow a user to filter items by individual items, by a category of items, items provided by a particular manufacturer, by SKU numbers that are in locations within environment 110-1, by particular locations within environment 110-1 (e.g., an aisle, a gondola, and a shelf number). Page 432 may allow the user to view the requested items that have been removed from their designated locations in a determined quantity within a certain period of time that may be specified by the user. It also displays an Over Removed Inventory Results page (not shown). This page may initiate a process (e.g., WebService ISSAserv/Shrinkage.asmx/MajorPullXML) that may show the location, item information, a time when a first item of the number of items was removed from the designated location, a time when a last item of the number of items was removed, and how many items were removed in that time period.
- The View Actual vs. ERP Inventory page 434 may allow a user to receive information associated with items located in environment 110-1 that have a user defined percent variance over and/or under a defined inventory level. The user may filter a search of these items individually, by a category of items, by items provided by a particular manufacturer, and a SKU number that is in a location within environment 110-1, such as an aisle, a gondola, and a shelf number. Inventory page 434 may show an Actual vs. ERP Results page (not shown). This results page may initiate a process (e.g., WebService ISSAserv/Shrinkage.asmx/Inv-entoryCompareXML) that may show the physical inventory present in
inventory 170, such as those items located on shelves, a business defined inventory (e.g., an ERP inventory), and the percentage variance between the two. - The Rapid Recall page 436 may direct the user to one or more pages (e.g., 438-442) that provide information associated with items that may have expired or are approaching an expiration date. The View Expired
SKUs page 438 may allow a user to filter items individually, by a category of items, by items provided by a particular manufacturer, by a SKU number that may be in a location within environment 110-1, such as an aisle, a gondola, and a particular shelf:Page 438 may display an Expired SKUs Results page (not shown) that may initiate a process (e.g., WebService ISSAserv/RapidRecall.asmx/ExpiredProductsXML) that may show item descriptions, locations of items have that have expired, and a time period that these expired items have been located in their current location since their corresponding expiration dates. - The View Upcoming Expired SKUs page 440 may allow the user to filter items individually, by a category of items, by items provided by a particular manufacturer, by a SKU number that may be in a location within environment 110-1, such as an aisle, a gondola, and a particular shelf. Page 440 may allow a user to receive information regarding items that are going to expire within a certain period of time (e.g., minutes, hours, days, weeks, etc.). Further, page 440 may display an Upcoming Expired SKU Results page (not shown). This results page may perform a process (e.g., WebService ISSAserv/RapidRecall.asmx/ExpiredProductsXML) that may show the locations and associated items that are due to expire within the certain period of time for the given products based on the user defined filter.
- The Find
Serial Number page 442 may allow a user to view items within a certain serial number range. The user may be able to filter a search using the fields in Table V. Once the filter information is provided by the user, user interface 210 may display the Search Results for Live Inventory page, described above. This page may perform a process (e.g., WebService ISSAserv/OutofStock.asmx/GetinventoryXML) that provides information regarding items with corresponding serial numbers within the range specified by the user. - The Alerts page 444 may direct the user to one or more pages (e.g., pages 446-452) that allow the user to receive and/or set information associated with one or more types of inventory alerts. The Set SKU Inventory Alert page 446 may allow the user to set an alert configuration for items that drop below or go above a defined percentage of a base line inventory. Alert page 446 may allow the user to set the alert configuration for all items in
inventory 170, for items of a particular type, for a category of items, for items provided by a manufacturer, and for particular SKU numbers that are positioned in particular locations within environment 110-1, such as an aisle, a gondola, and a particular shelf. Alert page 446 may initiate a process that performs the desired monitoring set by the user (e.g., WebService ISSAserv/Alerts.asmx/Newinve-ntoryAlertJob). - The View SKU Inventory Alerts page 448 may show an alert configuration for the items and their corresponding locations in environment 110-1 that are currently being monitored by an inventory alerts process. Page 448 allows the user to remove inventory alert configurations that are no longer needed.
- The Set Inventory Removal Alerts page 450 may allow a user to set an alert configuration for situations where a determined number of items are removed within a determined time period. Page 450 may allow the user to set these types of alert configuration for individual items, all items, for a category of items, for items provided by a particular manufacturer, and for items with a SKU number that may be in a location within environment 110-1, such as an aisle, a gondola, and a particular shelf. Page 450 may initiate a process that performs the configurations described above, (e.g., WebService ISSAserv/Alerts.asmx/NewInventoryRemov-alJob).
- The View Inventory Removal Limits page 452 may show alert configurations for the items and their corresponding locations in environment 110-1 that are currently being monitored by an inventory removal limits process. This page may allow the user to remove configurations of inventory removal limits that are no longer needed.
- One skilled in the art will appreciate that the pages shown in
FIG. 4 and described above are exemplary and not intended to be limiting. Environment 110-1 may implement fewer or additional types of pages that perform various functions that may or may not be associated with the inventory management aspects related to the invention. For example, user interface 210 may include one or more page processes that provide the user with general and/or specific assistance in navigating the pages provided by interface 210. Further, interface 210 may include one or more pages that allow the user to set, view and/or modify various characteristics associated with individual items or item types, such as price, size characteristics, defect status, etc. Additionally, interface 210 may include one or more page processes that allow a user to view customer related information, such as customer profile information that is used with a customer ID card. - Inventory Management Processes
- As described, environment 110-1 includes an ISSA 200 that performs one or more intelligent inventory management processes consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention. Each of these inventory management processes may be performed in response to a user accessing ISSA 200 via user interface 210 and/or in response to a request initiated from a non-user source, such as another task, process, and or computing entity.
FIGS. 5-7 show flowcharts of various exemplary inventory processes that may be performed by environment 110-1 consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention. -
FIG. 5 shows an exemplary inventory analysis process that may be performed consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention. Initially, environment 110-1 may perform processes that determine the inventory of items in inventory 170 (Step 510). This step may be initiated by a user, via interface 210 and the pages described with respect toFIG. 4 . Alternatively, a process performed by ISSA 200 or a job performed by Jobs 240, may periodically initiate the collection of inventory information. Also, Step 510 may be initiated by an event detected by one or more sensors (e.g., software and/or hardware based sensors) located in environment 110-1. Once environment 110-1 collects the inventory information (e.g., the number of items of each type included in inventory 170), it may be stored in database 215 for subsequent access. Further, the inventory information may be used by ISSA 200 to produce a report and/or content that is provided to a user through various types of medium, such as a printer, web page, telephonic message, etc. - Environment 110-1 may also determine whether a number of items of any type in
inventory 170 is below a predetermined level (Step 520). Environment 110-1 may execute the appropriate processes described above (e.g., via view SKUs out of limits page 418, out of stock control task 231, etc.) to determine and identify an inventory of items of any type has fallen below the predetermined level for that type. If so, (Step 520; YES), an appropriate item below stock level process may be performed (Step 530). This process may include providing an alert message to a user via an output device (e.g., display 204, a pager, cell phone, etc.) indicating which item type needs restocking and the location of the depleted items in environment 110-1. Once the user is notified, he/she may determine whether there are any additional items of the depleted type in an alternate location, such as in a back room. Alternatively, ISSA 200 may indicate to the user whether there is additional inventory of the item type in environment 110-1. Accordingly, the user or ISSA 200 may re-order stock if additional items are needed. Further, step 530 may include providing a customer message on a shelf display located on or near the location where the depleted inventory of items was determined. In one aspect, a store manager or ISSA 200, for example, may formulate customized messages based on the depleted inventory notification that provide various information to a customer that happens to view the shelf display. The customized messages may include offered discounts, rain checks, location information of alternate environments that have the missing items in stock, etc. - Environment 110-1 may also determine whether there are any misplaced items in inventory 170 (Step 540). Environment 110-1 may execute the appropriate processes described above (e.g., via misplaced SKUs page 422, and out of stock control task 231) to determine and identify any misplaced items in
inventory 170. If there is a misplaced item or items (Step 540; YES), environment 110-1 may perform an appropriate misplaced item process (Step 550). This process may include providing a user with information including a location of the missing item and/or its intended location (i.e., where inside a store the item belongs). A user (e.g., stock person) may be directed to the current location of the misplaced item(s) so that they may return these item(s) to their designated location within environment 110-1. - Also, environment 110-1 may determine information associated with any lost sales based on missing or misplaced items in inventory 170 (Step 550). This step may include generating and providing a lost sales report (via, for example, out of stock task 231) reflecting revenue that is lost based on the item type being out of stock or having a depleted number of items. Further, an influenced sales report may be generated by ISSA 200 and provided to a user that includes information that correlates various factors (e.g., price of the items, seasonality factors, sales of other items, etc.) to previous and current sales of items of the type that has a depleted inventory. A user may use the influenced sales report to determine whether any adjustments are needed, such as moving the items of the depleted item type to other locations, price, stock order schedules, etc.
-
FIG. 6 shows a flowchart of a shrinkage process that may be performed by environment 110-1 consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention. Environment 110-1 may initially determine whether a shrinkage event occurred (Step 610). As discussed above, a shrinkage event may be associated with a condition where a predetermined number of items have been removed from their current location within a predetermined period of time. Accordingly, if a large number of items of the same type are taken from a shelf in a manner of minutes, a shrinkage event may have occurred depending on the values set by a user for the predetermined number of items and time period for such shrinkage events and the type of items being affected. If such an event has occurred (Step 610; YES), then environment 110-1 may perform a shrinkage event process (Step 620). If a shrinkage event has not occurred, the process ends. - Step 620 may include various processes performed by a user and/or ISSA 200 as previous explained with respect to shrinkage pages 430-434 and/or
shrinkage process 232. For example, environment 110-1 may provide an alert message to a user including information specific to the determined shrinkage event (e.g., location of the event, the type of items that have been removed, and in what time frame). Thus, a store employee may receive the alert message and s directed to the location to perform various tasks, such as security services, and/or customer service functions. Also, step 620 may activate one or more security devices, systems, etc., to monitor the location surrounding the shrinkage event. For example, environment 110-1 may activate a camera to record any physical actions performed by the users at or near the location where in the shrinkage event took place. -
FIG. 7 shows a flowchart of an exemplary recall process consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention. Environment 110-1 may execute the appropriate processes described above (e.g., via rapid recall pages 436-442 and out of rapid recall task 233) to handle any recall events associated with items included ininventory 170. In one aspect, environment 110-1 may determine whether a shelf life or expiration event is detected (Step 710). This step may be associated with determining whetherinventory 170 includes any items that have a corresponding shelf life and/or expiration date that has been exceeded and/or is close to being exceed (e.g., within a day, a few days, a week, etc.). If such an event is detected (Step 710; YES), an appropriate shelf life/expiration process is performed (Step 720). This step may include notifying a user (e.g., store employee, clerk at a POS location, manager at a home office, etc.) and/or another software process in ISSA 200 thatinventory 170 includes one or more items that have either exceeded or is about to exceed, their shelf life and/or expiration dates. The notification may include information identifying each item (e.g., SKU information), their corresponding locations in environment 110-1, whether there is replaceable stock in environment 110-1 with valid shelf lives and/or expiration dates, and/or instructions on how to deal with the event (e.g., remove from shelves, move item(s) to front of a shelf or store location, etc.). The user and/or ISSA 200 receiving the event may use the received information to execute one or more of the suggested instructions, as well as perform other processes to remedy the shelf life/expiration event. These other duties may include changing the price of one or more of the items that are associated with this event. Further, environment 110-1 may display a message at a POS terminal and/or a display device mounted at or near the items related to this event to warn customers and/or employees that certain items may have exceeded their shelf lives or expiration dates. - Further, environment 110-1 may determine whether a temperature event has occurred (Step 730). A temperature event may be associated with a condition where the temperature of an area surrounding, at, or near a particular group of items has changed in such a manner as to possibly damage the items in the group. For example, if a refrigeration unit in environment 110-1 has malfunctioned and the temperature drops below a certain value, any produces stored in the unit may be damaged and deemed unhealthy for sale. If a temperature event has occurred (
Step 730; YES), a temperature process is performed (Step 740). In one aspect of the invention, the temperature process may include notifying a user of the temperature event, the location in environment 110-1 associated with the event, instructions on how to deal with the event, item information associated with any items included in the area affected by the event (e.g., SKU information), a time period that the event has occurred and/or is occurring, etc. The user may take appropriate actions to ensure any items affected by the event are safe for purchase (e.g., in the event an event just occurred). The user may relocate these items to a properly operating temperature controlled location in environment 110-1 for further purchase. Further, the user, and or ISSA 200 may provide a repair message to a designated user or use location to request repair of the unit that may have malfunctioned causing the temperature event. - Environment 110-1 may also determine whether any items in
inventory 170 are associated with one or more item types that have had a defect reported by a manufacturer (Step 750). This step may include comparing the item information collected from the determined live inventory step 510 shown inFIG. 5 with a received list of defective items provided by the manufacturer. If there are any items of a certain type that matches those found in the defect information provided by the manufacturer, environment 110-1, a defect process may be performed (Step 760). This process may include notifying a user (e.g., customer and/or employee) of the defective items ininventory 170, their location, and information regarding the defect (e.g., the type of defect, whether the item is still safe/operational with the defect, whether the item a POS must be recalled and not sold, etc.). In one aspect, the notified user may be a clerk at location that may facilitate handling the sale of the defective item about to be purchased by a customer. For example, depending on the severity of the defect described in the defect information provided in the notification, the clerk may prevent the customer from purchasing the item. Alternatively, if the item may still be brought up to specification by additional parts or software that will be provided by the manufacturer, the clerk may forward this information to the customer and provide information on how to obtain the corrective parts/software for the purchased item. Further, ISSA 200 may automatically provide a discount for the sale price of the defective item. The reduced sale price may be displayed at the POS location or on a display mounted near a location associated with the one or more defective items. Additionally, environment 110-1 may provide services and/or devices that allow the customer who purchased a defective item to correct the item. For example, a workstation may be provided from which the user may download the necessary software code to correct a defect in a program stored on computer readable medium. Further, environment 110-1 may provide these services to customers in a manner where the customer may leave the purchased item with an employee who performs the necessary procedures to correct the item, such as order a missing part from a manufacturer, downloading a corrective software patch, installing a missing part on a defective item, etc. - Additionally, environment 110-1 may also determine whether there are any items in
inventory 170 that have undergone a design change by their corresponding manufacturer (Step 770). Similarly with Step 750, environment 110-1 may determine whether a design change has occurred by comparing design change information received from a manufacturer with a current list of inventory information, perhaps provided via the process performed at Step 510 ofFIG. 5 . If an item type has undergone a design change, (Step 770; YES), a design change process may be performed (Step 780). The design change process may include notifying a user (e.g., employee) of the item type that has been changed, the location(s) of any items of the changed type, instructions on how to deal with this design change event, etc. In one aspect of the invention, the design change process may include moving older items to an alternate location in environment 110-1, such as from a back location on a shelf to a front location to promote their sales before the design changed items. Further, the design change process may include removing the older items frominventory 170, which may be at the directions of the manufacturer. - Although the steps shown in the flowcharts of
FIGS. 5-7 are illustrated in particular sequences, methods, systems, and articles of manufacture consistent with aspects of the present invention may perform each of the steps in different sequences, such as a single step, in various combination of steps, and with additional or fewer steps, without departing from the scope of the invention. - As described, systems, methods, and articles of manufacture consistent with certain aspects related to the present invention enable an environment to perform item inventory management processes on a real time, or near real time basis, and at a granularity level that provides many options for the environment to achieve its business goals (e.g., increase sales).
- The foregoing description of implementations of the invention has been presented for purposes of illustration and description. It is not exhaustive and does not limit the invention to the precise form disclosed. Modifications and variations are possible in light of the above teachings or may be acquired from practicing of the invention. Additional modifications and variations of the invention may be, for example, the described implementation includes software but the present invention may be implemented as a combination of hardware and software or in hardware alone. The invention may be implemented with both object-oriented and non-object-oriented programming systems.
- For instance, one skilled in the art will appreciate the ability to implement the present invention using many different types of environments 110-1. For example, in addition to retail environments, aspects of the present invention may be applied to any environment that includes objects (e.g., physical tangible objects, such as inventory) that may be RFID tagged and includes antennae for retrieving information from these tags. For instance, the present invention may be applied in an environment where a business wishes to track individuals throughout its business environment. In such a scenario, the business environment (e.g., building) may have antennae mounted in various strategic locations (e.g., doorways, elevators, etc.). Each employee of the business may be issued an RFID card, much like those described previously (e.g., customer RFID card). Thus, ISSA 200 may be able to monitor the movements of a user within the business environment based on information received/collected from the antennae as the employee moves past them.
- Additionally, interface 210 may include other types of interfaces that interact with various processes performed by ISSA 200. For example, various user interfaces may operate that interact with the EPC writer process to allow a user to not only read and write EPC data from/to the RFID tags 280 in
inventory 170, but also to monitor the status of such operations. For example, interface 210 may include results interface that presents to a user a results window that includes a list of all items that were entered via an EPC writer window. The results window may include information that indicates whether an EPC write operation was successfully performed. Various interactive display messages may be provided to the user based on the results of any EPC writes. For example, the result window may present one or more error messages indicating a reason why an EPC write was not successful and instructions on how to possibly correct the problem. Also, interface 210 may include a bad tag finder interface that enables a user to request information on any malfunctioning RFID tags 280. The bad tag interface may present to the user information identifying the ID of any bad tags, their location, and the associated item associated with the tag. - Although aspects of the present invention are described as being stored in memory, one skilled in the art will appreciate that these aspects can also be stored on other types of computer-readable media, such as secondary storage devices, like hard disks, floppy disks, or CD-ROM; a carrier wave from the Internet or other propagation medium; or other forms of RAM or ROM. The scope of the invention is defined by the claims and their equivalents.
Claims (39)
1. A method of providing inventory information in an environment including an inventory of items each positioned within a respective location within an environment and is associated with a corresponding wireless identification device, and an inventory monitoring process that periodically performs an inventory count of the items in the environment by retrieving item information from each wireless identification device associated with each item and storing the retrieved information in a database, the method comprising:
receiving from a user a request for an availability of an item within the environment;
searching the item information within the database to determine whether the requested item is available in the environment; and
providing an indication reflecting a result of the search.
2. The method of claim 1 , wherein receiving the request includes:
receiving the request at a first processing device associated with the environment, wherein a user interfaces with a second processing device to create the request.
3. The method of claim 2 , wherein the second processing device is a computer system operated by the user.
4. The method of claim 3 , wherein the request is received from a network connected to the first and second processing devices.
5. The method of claim 3 , wherein the request is sent to the first processing device over the Internet.
6. The method of claim 3 , wherein the second processing device is a kiosk computer device located within the environment.
7. The method of claim 3 , wherein the first processing device is located within the environment.
8. The method of claim 3 , wherein the first processing device is located outside the environment.
9. The method of claim 8 , wherein the first processing device forwards the request to a third processing device located in the environment that performs the searching step.
10. The method of claim 1 , wherein the indication includes at least one of an indication that the item is available in the environment, an indication that the item is not available in the environment, an offer for a discount on a sale price of the item, an offer for a discount on a sale price of an alternative item, and an indication reflecting one or more alternative environments that the item is available.
11. The method of claim 10 , wherein the indication reflecting one or more alternative environments includes directions to the one or more alternative environments.
12. The method of claim 1 , wherein providing the indication includes providing a message displayed on a display device mounted in proximity of the item's respective location in the environment.
13. The method of claim 12 , wherein the message includes at least one of an indication that the item is not available in the environment, an offer for a discount on a sale price of the item, an indication reflecting one or more alternative environments that the item is available, and directions to the one or more alternative environments.
14. A system for providing inventory information in an environment including an inventory of items each positioned within a respective location within an environment and is associated with a corresponding wireless identification device, and an inventory monitoring process that periodically performs an inventory count of the items in the environment by retrieving item information from each wireless identification device associated with each item and storing the retrieved information in a database, the system comprising:
means for receiving from a user a request for an availability of an item within the environment;
means for searching the item information within the database to determine whether the requested item is available in the environment; and
means for providing an indication reflecting a result of the search.
15. The system of claim 14 , wherein the means for receiving the request includes:
means for receiving the request at a first processing device associated with the environment, wherein a user interfaces with a second processing device to create the request.
16. The system of claim 15 , wherein the second processing device is a computer system operated by the user.
17. The system of claim 16 , wherein the request is received from a network connected to the first and second processing devices.
18. The system of claim 16 , wherein the request is sent to the first processing device over the Internet.
19. The system of claim 16 , wherein the second processing device is a kiosk computer device located within the environment.
20. The system of claim 16 , wherein the first processing device is located within the environment.
21. The system of claim 16 , wherein the first processing device is located outside the environment.
22. The system of claim 21 , wherein the first processing device forwards the request to a third processing device located in the environment that performs the searching step.
23. The system of claim 16 , wherein the indication includes at least one of an indication that the item is available in the environment, an indication that the item is not available in the environment, an offer for a discount on a sale price of the item, an offer for a discount on a sale price of an alternative item, and an indication reflecting one or more alternative environments that the item is available.
24. The system of claim 23 , wherein the indication reflecting one or more alternative environments includes directions to the one or more alternative environments.
25. The system of claim 16 , wherein the means for providing the indication includes providing a message displayed on a display device mounted in proximity of the item's respective location in the environment.
26. The system of claim 25 , wherein the message includes at least one of an indication that the item is not available in the environment, an offer for a discount on a sale price of the item, an indication reflecting one or more alternative environments that the item is available, and a directions to the one or more alternative environments.
27. A computer-readable medium including instructions for performing a method, when executed by a processor, for providing inventory information in an environment including an inventory of items each positioned within a respective location within an environment and is associated with a corresponding wireless identification device, and an inventory monitoring process that periodically performs an inventory count of the items in the environment by retrieving item information from each wireless identification device associated with each item and storing the retrieved information in a database, the method comprising:
receiving from a user a request for an availability of an item within the environment;
searching the item information within the database to determine whether the requested item is available in the environment; and
providing an indication reflecting a result of the search.
28. The computer-readable medium of claim 27 , wherein receiving the request includes:
receiving the request at a first processing device associated with the environment, wherein a user interfaces with a second processing device to create the request.
29. The computer-readable medium of claim 28 , wherein the second processing device is a computer system operated by the user.
30. The computer-readable medium of claim 29 , wherein the request is received from a network connected to the first and second processing devices.
31. The computer-readable medium of claim 29 , wherein the request is sent to the first processing device over the Internet.
32. The computer-readable medium of claim 29 , wherein the second processing device is a kiosk computer device located within the environment.
33. The computer-readable medium of claim 29 , wherein the first processing device is located within the environment.
34. The computer-readable medium of claim 29 , wherein the first processing device is located outside the environment.
168. The computer-readable medium of claim 34 , wherein the first processing device forwards the request to a third processing device located in the environment that performs the searching step.
35. The computer-readable medium of claim 27 , wherein the indication includes at least one of an indication that the item is available in the environment, an indication that the item is not available in the environment, an offer for a discount on a sale price of the item, an offer for a discount on a sale price of an alternative item, and an indication reflecting one or more alternative environments that the item is available.
36. The computer-readable medium of claim 35 , wherein the indication reflecting one or more alternative environments includes directions to the one or more alternative environments.
37. The computer-readable medium of claim 27 , wherein providing the indication includes providing a message displayed on a display device mounted in proximity of the item's respective location in the environment.
38. The computer-readable medium of claim 37 , wherein the message includes at least one of an indication that the item is not available in the environment, an offer for a discount on a sale price of the item, an indication reflecting one or more alternative environments that the item is available, and directions to the one or more alternative environments.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US13/658,266 US20130144757A1 (en) | 2002-01-23 | 2012-10-23 | Inventory management system |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US35002302P | 2002-01-23 | 2002-01-23 | |
US10/348,941 US8321302B2 (en) | 2002-01-23 | 2003-01-23 | Inventory management system |
US13/658,266 US20130144757A1 (en) | 2002-01-23 | 2012-10-23 | Inventory management system |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/348,941 Division US8321302B2 (en) | 2002-01-09 | 2003-01-23 | Inventory management system |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20130144757A1 true US20130144757A1 (en) | 2013-06-06 |
Family
ID=29423342
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/348,941 Active 2029-09-16 US8321302B2 (en) | 2002-01-09 | 2003-01-23 | Inventory management system |
US13/658,266 Abandoned US20130144757A1 (en) | 2002-01-23 | 2012-10-23 | Inventory management system |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/348,941 Active 2029-09-16 US8321302B2 (en) | 2002-01-09 | 2003-01-23 | Inventory management system |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US8321302B2 (en) |
Cited By (40)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20080249899A1 (en) * | 2007-04-05 | 2008-10-09 | Nasser Gabriel G | System and Method for Inventory |
US20120271712A1 (en) * | 2011-03-25 | 2012-10-25 | Edward Katzin | In-person one-tap purchasing apparatuses, methods and systems |
US20140172650A1 (en) * | 2012-12-14 | 2014-06-19 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | Stock Aware Shelves |
US20140232519A1 (en) * | 2013-02-21 | 2014-08-21 | International Business Machines Corporation | Rfid tag with environmental sensor |
US8836990B1 (en) * | 2014-01-21 | 2014-09-16 | Information Planning & Management Service, Inc. | Method of producing an ordered stack of bound pre-printed product information sheets for a store from planogram or ordered data |
US8866612B1 (en) * | 2012-12-14 | 2014-10-21 | Target Brands, Inc. | Suppressing alerts for RFID systems |
US20150134403A1 (en) * | 2013-11-11 | 2015-05-14 | International Business Machines Corporation | Contextual searching via a mobile computing device |
US9199427B2 (en) | 2013-06-14 | 2015-12-01 | Electronic Imaging Services, Inc. | Pad of labels for use on store shelves in a retail environment |
WO2015184286A1 (en) * | 2014-05-30 | 2015-12-03 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | Apparatus and method of identifying an overstated perpetual inventory in a retail space |
US20160110785A1 (en) * | 2014-10-16 | 2016-04-21 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | Systems and methods for sale redemption |
WO2016077596A1 (en) * | 2014-11-12 | 2016-05-19 | Orderwithme Nevada Inc. | Distributed retail transaction system |
US9367865B2 (en) | 2012-07-03 | 2016-06-14 | Adam Phillip TREISER | System and method for providing consumers with access to an article while preventing theft thereof |
US9376286B1 (en) | 2014-09-02 | 2016-06-28 | Electronic Imaging Services, Inc. | Label stacking machine and method |
US9430753B2 (en) | 2013-06-28 | 2016-08-30 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | Inventory tracking |
CN106257533A (en) * | 2016-03-24 | 2016-12-28 | 北京市环丽清扫保洁服务中心 | A kind of environmental sanitation emergency guarantee intelligent response disposes management platform and method |
US9773223B2 (en) | 2013-06-28 | 2017-09-26 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | Inventory cache |
US20170277765A1 (en) * | 2015-11-19 | 2017-09-28 | Halliburton Energy Services, Inc. | Shell database architecture for inventory management |
US9916560B2 (en) | 2013-06-28 | 2018-03-13 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | Inventory tracking |
US20180130078A1 (en) * | 2016-11-04 | 2018-05-10 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | Systems and methods of controlling the distribution of products in retail shopping facilities |
CN108351999A (en) * | 2015-11-16 | 2018-07-31 | 甲骨文国际公司 | System and method for providing inventory allocation approach by all kinds of means for retailer |
US20180218322A1 (en) * | 2017-01-27 | 2018-08-02 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | System and method for optimizing inventory replenishment |
WO2018160915A1 (en) * | 2017-03-03 | 2018-09-07 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | Systems and methods for determining products that were mis-shipped and/or improperly invoiced or uninvoiced to a retail store |
US20180285902A1 (en) * | 2017-03-31 | 2018-10-04 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | System and method for data-driven insight into stocking out-of-stock shelves |
US20190114571A1 (en) * | 2017-10-13 | 2019-04-18 | Vocollect, Inc. | Systems and methods for evaluating personnel for task assignment |
WO2019133322A1 (en) * | 2017-12-29 | 2019-07-04 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | Systems and methods for identifying and remedying product mis-shipments to retail stores |
US20190224995A1 (en) * | 2018-01-23 | 2019-07-25 | Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha | Medium and Printer |
US10438084B2 (en) | 2013-03-04 | 2019-10-08 | Nec Corporation | Article management system, information processing apparatus, and control method and control program of information processing apparatus |
WO2020005824A1 (en) * | 2018-06-25 | 2020-01-02 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | System and method for implementing just-in-time inventory replenishment |
US10679106B2 (en) | 2017-07-20 | 2020-06-09 | Electronic Imaging Services, Inc. | Dual-sided product placement and information strips |
US10800199B2 (en) | 2014-01-21 | 2020-10-13 | Information Planning And Management Service Inc. | Ordered stack of bound pre-printed product information sheets for a store |
US10800200B2 (en) | 2015-01-27 | 2020-10-13 | Information Planning And Management Service Inc. | Array of printed information sheets for a business establishment |
US11087270B1 (en) * | 2015-08-20 | 2021-08-10 | Target Brands, Inc. | Indexing video for retail investigations |
WO2021216498A1 (en) * | 2020-04-23 | 2021-10-28 | Zebra Technologies Corporation | Systems and methods for identifying potential shrink events |
US11341453B2 (en) | 2018-04-02 | 2022-05-24 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | Dynamic negative perpetual inventory resolution system |
IT202000029240A1 (en) * | 2020-12-01 | 2022-06-01 | Sbs S P A | DISTRIBUTED CALCULATION ENVIRONMENT FOR THE MANAGEMENT OF PRODUCTS FOR SALE IN COMMERCIAL RETAILERS AND ASSOCIATED METHOD |
US11491270B2 (en) * | 2018-01-05 | 2022-11-08 | Fresenius Medical Care Holdings, Inc. | Non-touch communication with a dialysis machine using a connected health system |
US20220405667A1 (en) * | 2021-06-18 | 2022-12-22 | Frito-Lay North America, Inc. | Automated In-Store Execution Issue Resolution System |
US11610210B2 (en) * | 2020-06-30 | 2023-03-21 | Zebra Technologies Corporation | Systems and methods for detecting potential shrink events via RFID technology |
US11783647B2 (en) | 2017-12-21 | 2023-10-10 | Skeleton Key Systems, LLC | System and method for securing, releasing, and managing inventory |
US20230359982A1 (en) * | 2022-05-03 | 2023-11-09 | Mehdi Mohseni | System and method for tracking wine in a wine-cellar and monitoring inventory |
Families Citing this family (435)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6883710B2 (en) * | 2000-10-11 | 2005-04-26 | Amerasia International Technology, Inc. | Article tracking system and method |
USRE47599E1 (en) | 2000-10-20 | 2019-09-10 | Promega Corporation | RF point of sale and delivery method and system using communication with remote computer and having features to read a large number of RF tags |
US20020183882A1 (en) | 2000-10-20 | 2002-12-05 | Michael Dearing | RF point of sale and delivery method and system using communication with remote computer and having features to read a large number of RF tags |
US7258276B2 (en) | 2000-10-20 | 2007-08-21 | Promega Corporation | Radio frequency identification method and system of distributing products |
JP3912975B2 (en) * | 2000-11-27 | 2007-05-09 | 富士通株式会社 | Product information provision method |
US8209226B2 (en) | 2001-11-15 | 2012-06-26 | Nintendo Of America Inc. | Non-serialized electronic product registration system and method of operating same |
AU2006252255B2 (en) * | 2002-02-21 | 2007-10-18 | Promega Corporation | RF point of sale and delivery method and system using communication with remote computer and having features to read a large number of RF tags |
JP4017424B2 (en) * | 2002-03-25 | 2007-12-05 | 富士通株式会社 | Shelf inspection device, shelf inspection method and shelf inspection program |
JP4880867B2 (en) * | 2002-04-10 | 2012-02-22 | セイコーインスツル株式会社 | THIN FILM MEMORY, ARRAY, ITS OPERATION METHOD AND MANUFACTURING METHOD |
JP2003323539A (en) * | 2002-04-30 | 2003-11-14 | Fujitsu Ltd | Store space management system and information processing device |
US20030212606A1 (en) * | 2002-05-13 | 2003-11-13 | Gary Adelman | Method for selectively providing digital goods to a consumer at a consumer client computer |
US7356495B2 (en) * | 2002-06-04 | 2008-04-08 | Sap Aktiengesellschaft | Supply chain management using item detection system |
JP4062985B2 (en) * | 2002-06-24 | 2008-03-19 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Electronic tag unique number management method and management server |
US6933849B2 (en) * | 2002-07-09 | 2005-08-23 | Fred Sawyer | Method and apparatus for tracking objects and people |
US7426419B2 (en) * | 2002-08-13 | 2008-09-16 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Scheduling system and method |
US20040093288A1 (en) * | 2002-11-12 | 2004-05-13 | Strothmann Russell L. | Methods and systems for pricing an inventory unit |
CA2506179C (en) * | 2002-11-15 | 2012-03-13 | Sensitech Inc. | Methods and apparatus for communicating condition information associated with an item |
TW200411470A (en) * | 2002-12-25 | 2004-07-01 | Hon Hai Prec Ind Co Ltd | System and method of stocktaking |
US7621447B1 (en) * | 2003-01-31 | 2009-11-24 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Method and apparatus for routing data in an automatic identification system |
US9691053B1 (en) * | 2003-02-13 | 2017-06-27 | Sap Se | System and method of master data management |
US7467183B2 (en) * | 2003-02-14 | 2008-12-16 | Microsoft Corporation | Method, apparatus, and user interface for managing electronic mail and alert messages |
JP4062519B2 (en) * | 2003-02-25 | 2008-03-19 | 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ | Tag grouping system, tag grouping method |
WO2004089016A1 (en) * | 2003-04-03 | 2004-10-14 | Nokia Corporation | Network serving device, portable electronic device, system and methods for mediating networked services |
CA2429623A1 (en) * | 2003-05-26 | 2004-11-26 | Cstar Technologies Inc. | System and method for tracking inventory |
DE112004001031T5 (en) * | 2003-06-13 | 2006-04-27 | Kirkegaard, Jon, Dallas | Ordering procedure and system |
WO2005004339A2 (en) * | 2003-07-01 | 2005-01-13 | Stream Engineering Corporation | Context sensitive streaming system and method |
US20050279722A1 (en) * | 2003-08-22 | 2005-12-22 | Ala Ali | Multiple station inventory control system |
US8355944B2 (en) * | 2003-09-04 | 2013-01-15 | Webconcepts, Inc. | Methods and systems for collaborative demand planning and replenishment |
US7500178B1 (en) * | 2003-09-11 | 2009-03-03 | Agis Network, Inc. | Techniques for processing electronic forms |
US7783534B2 (en) * | 2003-09-12 | 2010-08-24 | International Business Machines Corporation | Optimal method, system, and storage medium for resolving demand and supply imbalances |
US7240824B2 (en) | 2003-09-19 | 2007-07-10 | International Business Machines Corporation | Using radio frequency identification with customer loyalty cards to detect and/or prevent theft and shoplifting |
US20050061874A1 (en) * | 2003-09-19 | 2005-03-24 | International Business Machines Corporation | Using radio frequency identification with transaction-specific correlator values to detect and/or prevent theft and shoplifting |
US20060033620A1 (en) * | 2003-09-19 | 2006-02-16 | International Business Machines Corporation | Using radio frequency identification with transaction receipts to detect and/or prevent theft and shoplifting |
US7012528B2 (en) * | 2003-09-19 | 2006-03-14 | International Business Machines Corporation | Using radio frequency identification with transaction-specific correlator values written on transaction receipts to detect and/or prevent theft and shoplifting |
US7005988B2 (en) * | 2003-09-19 | 2006-02-28 | International Business Machines Corporation | Using radio frequency identification to detect and/or prevent theft and shoplifting |
US7540419B2 (en) * | 2003-09-30 | 2009-06-02 | International Business Machines Corporation | Personal index of items in physical proximity to a user |
WO2005045743A2 (en) * | 2003-11-04 | 2005-05-19 | Captech Ventures, Inc. | System and method for rfid system integration |
US8543411B2 (en) * | 2003-11-05 | 2013-09-24 | United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. | Systems and methods for detecting counterfeit pharmaceutical drugs at the point of retail sale |
US8655309B2 (en) | 2003-11-14 | 2014-02-18 | E2Interactive, Inc. | Systems and methods for electronic device point-of-sale activation |
US20070272746A1 (en) * | 2003-11-25 | 2007-11-29 | Bennett Ortiz | Medical Device Radio Frequency Identification System and Method |
US20050109844A1 (en) * | 2003-11-26 | 2005-05-26 | Alysis Interactive Corporation | Universal product code conversion to electronic product code |
JP3644953B1 (en) * | 2003-12-12 | 2005-05-11 | 秀明 並木 | Electronic tag information processing apparatus, POS terminal, and electronic tag information processing program |
US7822845B2 (en) * | 2004-01-14 | 2010-10-26 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours & Co. | Monitoring device used for producing compositions |
US8938396B2 (en) | 2004-02-03 | 2015-01-20 | Rtc Industries, Inc. | System for inventory management |
US10339495B2 (en) | 2004-02-03 | 2019-07-02 | Rtc Industries, Inc. | System for inventory management |
US9818148B2 (en) | 2013-03-05 | 2017-11-14 | Rtc Industries, Inc. | In-store item alert architecture |
US9898712B2 (en) | 2004-02-03 | 2018-02-20 | Rtc Industries, Inc. | Continuous display shelf edge label device |
US20050203870A1 (en) * | 2004-03-05 | 2005-09-15 | Ntt Docomo, Inc. | Place management apparatus and place management method |
US8639548B2 (en) | 2004-03-08 | 2014-01-28 | Sap Aktiengesellschaft | System and method for assortment planning |
US8489446B2 (en) * | 2004-03-08 | 2013-07-16 | Sap Ag | System and method for defining a sales promotion |
US7769625B2 (en) * | 2004-03-08 | 2010-08-03 | Sap Aktiengesellschaft | System and method for defining a sales promotion |
US8165910B2 (en) * | 2004-03-08 | 2012-04-24 | Sap Aktiengesellschaft | Method and system for price planning |
US20050197886A1 (en) * | 2004-03-08 | 2005-09-08 | Sap Aktiengesellschaft | System and method for defining a sales promotion |
US8108270B2 (en) * | 2004-03-08 | 2012-01-31 | Sap Ag | Method and system for product layout display using assortment groups |
US8478632B2 (en) * | 2004-03-08 | 2013-07-02 | Sap Ag | System and method for defining a sales promotion |
US7752067B2 (en) | 2004-03-08 | 2010-07-06 | Sap Aktiengesellschaft | System and method for assortment planning |
US8484135B2 (en) * | 2004-03-08 | 2013-07-09 | Sap Aktiengesellschaft | Method of and system for assignment of price groups |
US8392231B2 (en) | 2004-03-08 | 2013-03-05 | Sap Aktiengesellschaft | System and method for performing assortment definition |
US8341011B2 (en) * | 2004-03-08 | 2012-12-25 | Sap Aktiengesellschaft | Method and system for reporting price planning results |
US7974851B2 (en) * | 2004-03-08 | 2011-07-05 | Sap Aktiengesellschaft | Method and system for price planning |
US8285584B2 (en) * | 2004-03-08 | 2012-10-09 | Sap Ag | System and method for performing assortment planning |
US8370184B2 (en) | 2004-03-08 | 2013-02-05 | Sap Aktiengesellschaft | System and method for assortment planning |
US7805383B2 (en) * | 2004-03-08 | 2010-09-28 | Sap Ag | Price planning system and method including automated price adjustment, manual price adjustment, and promotion management |
US7383990B2 (en) * | 2004-03-08 | 2008-06-10 | Sap Aktiengesellschaft | Organizational settings for a price planning workbench |
US20050240525A1 (en) * | 2004-04-22 | 2005-10-27 | Bagayatkar Rajesh A | System and method for product attribute comparison |
US8358198B2 (en) * | 2004-11-17 | 2013-01-22 | Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. | Portal system for a controlled space |
JP4020396B2 (en) * | 2004-05-11 | 2007-12-12 | インターナショナル・ビジネス・マシーンズ・コーポレーション | Apparatus and method for tracking products |
NZ533494A (en) * | 2004-06-09 | 2006-12-22 | Total Comm Ltd | Dynamic business enhancement system |
US20060033323A1 (en) * | 2004-06-16 | 2006-02-16 | Steve Reynolds | System and method for generating a uniform price tag |
US7118036B1 (en) * | 2004-06-22 | 2006-10-10 | Ncr Corporation | Mobile inventory management system |
US9330187B2 (en) * | 2004-06-22 | 2016-05-03 | International Business Machines Corporation | Persuasive portlets |
US20050288993A1 (en) * | 2004-06-28 | 2005-12-29 | Jie Weng | Demand planning with event-based forecasting |
US20140071818A1 (en) | 2004-07-16 | 2014-03-13 | Virginia Innovation Sciences, Inc. | Method and system for efficient communication |
US7603131B2 (en) * | 2005-08-12 | 2009-10-13 | Sellerbid, Inc. | System and method for providing locally applicable internet content with secure action requests and item condition alerts |
US20060080415A1 (en) * | 2004-08-27 | 2006-04-13 | Tu Edgar A | Methods and apparatuses for automatically synchronizing a profile across multiple devices |
US20060054705A1 (en) * | 2004-09-08 | 2006-03-16 | Georgia-Pacific Corporation | Package insert with integrated radio frequency transponder |
US9963908B2 (en) | 2004-09-10 | 2018-05-08 | Hy-Ko Products Company | Data key and method of using same |
ES2353369T3 (en) * | 2004-09-10 | 2011-03-01 | Hy-Ko Products Company | RADIO FREQUENCY IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM (RFID) FOR THE MANUFACTURE, DISTRIBUTION AND RETAIL SALE OF KEYS. |
US8074481B2 (en) * | 2005-09-12 | 2011-12-13 | Hy-Ko Products Company | Radio frequency identification (RFID) system for manufacturing, distribution and retailing of keys |
US20060124722A1 (en) * | 2004-09-28 | 2006-06-15 | Epcsolutions,Inc. | Integration of product tag with general information about product |
US7378971B2 (en) * | 2004-10-01 | 2008-05-27 | Hitachi America, Ltd. | Radio frequency identification tags for digital storage discs |
US7339476B2 (en) | 2004-11-10 | 2008-03-04 | Rockwell Automation Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods that integrate radio frequency identification (RFID) technology with industrial controllers |
US7551081B2 (en) | 2004-11-10 | 2009-06-23 | Rockwell Automation Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods that integrate radio frequency identification (RFID) technology with agent-based control systems |
US7130773B1 (en) * | 2004-11-30 | 2006-10-31 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Method and apparatus for processing data using objects |
KR100674088B1 (en) * | 2004-12-20 | 2007-01-24 | 한국전자통신연구원 | Real-time business process triggering system and method using RFID |
US7440903B2 (en) * | 2005-01-28 | 2008-10-21 | Target Brands, Inc. | System and method for evaluating and recommending planograms |
US9524485B1 (en) * | 2005-01-31 | 2016-12-20 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | System and method for pattern assignment for pattern-based item identification in a materials handling facility |
US20060184993A1 (en) * | 2005-02-15 | 2006-08-17 | Goldthwaite Flora P | Method and system for collecting and using data |
US8022816B2 (en) * | 2005-03-21 | 2011-09-20 | Vela Systems, Inc. | System and method for field management using radio frequency tags |
US7271724B2 (en) * | 2005-03-28 | 2007-09-18 | Accenture Global Services Gmbh | Interfering smart shelf |
US20060229937A1 (en) * | 2005-04-08 | 2006-10-12 | Manley Douglas R | Method for retaining a customer at a dealership |
US7684994B2 (en) * | 2005-04-12 | 2010-03-23 | United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. | Next generation visibility package tracking |
US20060238304A1 (en) * | 2005-04-21 | 2006-10-26 | Sean Loving | System and method for adapting an FRID tag reader to its environment |
US7659819B2 (en) * | 2005-04-21 | 2010-02-09 | Skyetek, Inc. | RFID reader operating system and associated architecture |
WO2006116573A2 (en) * | 2005-04-23 | 2006-11-02 | Musa John A | Enhanced business and inventory management systems |
JP4906277B2 (en) * | 2005-05-31 | 2012-03-28 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Environmental information management system and management method |
GB0511891D0 (en) * | 2005-06-10 | 2005-07-20 | Milk Direct Ltd | Monitoring and managing farms |
JP5064663B2 (en) * | 2005-06-16 | 2012-10-31 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Document management system |
US7309009B2 (en) * | 2005-06-21 | 2007-12-18 | International Business Machines Corporation | Retail store fly-around product locator |
US9330373B2 (en) * | 2005-07-19 | 2016-05-03 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Method and system for storing inventory holders |
US7388491B2 (en) * | 2005-07-20 | 2008-06-17 | Rockwell Automation Technologies, Inc. | Mobile RFID reader with integrated location awareness for material tracking and management |
KR100726472B1 (en) * | 2005-07-22 | 2007-06-11 | 주식회사 칼라짚미디어 | System for providing multiple contents per a tag and method therefor |
US7764191B2 (en) | 2005-07-26 | 2010-07-27 | Rockwell Automation Technologies, Inc. | RFID tag data affecting automation controller with internal database |
US7699226B2 (en) * | 2005-07-28 | 2010-04-20 | Industrial Technology Research Institute | Automatic plan-o-gram system |
US7392948B2 (en) | 2005-07-28 | 2008-07-01 | Industrial Technology Research Institute | Electronic product identifier system |
US8260948B2 (en) | 2005-08-10 | 2012-09-04 | Rockwell Automation Technologies, Inc. | Enhanced controller utilizing RFID technology |
US7510110B2 (en) | 2005-09-08 | 2009-03-31 | Rockwell Automation Technologies, Inc. | RFID architecture in an industrial controller environment |
US20070061185A1 (en) * | 2005-09-09 | 2007-03-15 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method, system, and computer program product for implementing availability messaging services |
US7931197B2 (en) * | 2005-09-20 | 2011-04-26 | Rockwell Automation Technologies, Inc. | RFID-based product manufacturing and lifecycle management |
US7446662B1 (en) | 2005-09-26 | 2008-11-04 | Rockwell Automation Technologies, Inc. | Intelligent RFID tag for magnetic field mapping |
US8025227B2 (en) | 2005-09-30 | 2011-09-27 | Rockwell Automation Technologies, Inc. | Access to distributed databases via pointer stored in RFID tag |
US20070112651A1 (en) * | 2005-10-20 | 2007-05-17 | T3C Inc. | Apparatus and method for analyzing out of stock conditions |
US7567795B1 (en) * | 2005-10-31 | 2009-07-28 | At&T Mobility Ii Llc | Systems and methods for restricting the use of stolen devices on a wireless network |
US20070106574A1 (en) * | 2005-11-08 | 2007-05-10 | Kappel Thomas A | Inventory management system and method for a cellular communications system |
US8121719B2 (en) * | 2005-12-20 | 2012-02-21 | Ge Fanuc Automation North America, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for electronically representing manufacturing flow |
US20070162423A1 (en) * | 2005-12-30 | 2007-07-12 | Shai Alfandary | Aware location system and method |
US8417591B2 (en) * | 2005-12-30 | 2013-04-09 | Sap Ag | Stock flow management system and method |
EP1977402A2 (en) * | 2005-12-30 | 2008-10-08 | Skyetek, Inc | Seamless rfid tag security system |
US20070206797A1 (en) * | 2006-03-01 | 2007-09-06 | Skyetek, Inc. | Seamless rfid tag security system |
US7916023B2 (en) * | 2006-01-31 | 2011-03-29 | Zebra Enterprise Solutions Corp. | System and method for tracking assets within a monitored environment |
US20100215179A1 (en) * | 2006-01-31 | 2010-08-26 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Security Key Method In Semiconductor Manufacturing |
US20070181663A1 (en) * | 2006-02-07 | 2007-08-09 | Bateman Anita J | Method and system for retrieval of consumer product information |
US20070187495A1 (en) * | 2006-02-10 | 2007-08-16 | Ruth Mullins | Automated rain check issue system |
US20070205864A1 (en) * | 2006-02-17 | 2007-09-06 | Datamars S.A. | Secure radio frequency identification system |
US20070203809A1 (en) * | 2006-02-25 | 2007-08-30 | Praveen Bapat | Method and apparatus for regulating store inventory |
SG135989A1 (en) * | 2006-03-14 | 2007-10-29 | Sembcorp Logistics Ltd | A tracking system |
EP1998840A4 (en) * | 2006-03-23 | 2012-02-29 | Becton Dickinson Co | System and methods for improved diabetes data management and use employing wireless connectivity between patients and healthcare providers and repository of diabetes management information |
GB2436393B (en) * | 2006-03-24 | 2011-03-16 | Chapman Res Ltd | Merchandising |
US7650298B2 (en) * | 2006-03-31 | 2010-01-19 | Nexiant | Automated inventory system and method |
US7984853B2 (en) * | 2006-05-30 | 2011-07-26 | Muhammad Safder Ali | Reducing internal theft at a point of sale |
US20100235250A1 (en) * | 2006-06-08 | 2010-09-16 | Planetech Inc. | Tracking items in a distribution channel |
EP1901213A1 (en) * | 2006-07-06 | 2008-03-19 | Intellion AG | Inventory evaluation by means of deactivation or activation of a radio transmitter. |
GB2439966A (en) * | 2006-07-07 | 2008-01-16 | Comtech Holdings Ltd | Product alarm |
GB2439963A (en) * | 2006-07-07 | 2008-01-16 | Comtech Holdings Ltd | Customer behaviour monitoring |
US20080040179A1 (en) * | 2006-08-14 | 2008-02-14 | Deutsche Boerse Ag | System and method for sharing information and causing an action based on that information |
CN101067857A (en) * | 2006-08-28 | 2007-11-07 | 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 | Articles-selling system and method for showing goods thereof |
US20080065496A1 (en) * | 2006-08-29 | 2008-03-13 | Ncr Corporation | Methods and Apparatus for Managing RFID and Other Data |
US8280784B2 (en) * | 2006-10-19 | 2012-10-02 | International Business Machines Corporation | automatic inventory variance identification |
US7726567B2 (en) * | 2006-10-25 | 2010-06-01 | Oracle America, Inc. | Method and system for generating an electronic product identification report in an embedded device |
US20080270270A1 (en) * | 2006-10-25 | 2008-10-30 | Ramachandra Girish A | System and method for monitoring and management of inventory of products and assets in real time |
US20080114634A1 (en) * | 2006-11-13 | 2008-05-15 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method, system, and computer program product for determining availability and order scheduling of diverse products and services |
KR100873321B1 (en) * | 2006-12-13 | 2008-12-10 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus and method for recognizing state of circumstance |
US7896244B2 (en) * | 2006-12-15 | 2011-03-01 | Ziti Technologies Limited Liability Company | System and method for managing a collection of stock replenishment systems |
GB2445395B (en) * | 2007-01-03 | 2009-08-26 | Motorola Inc | Device monitoring system and method of monitoring |
US7680779B2 (en) * | 2007-01-26 | 2010-03-16 | Sap Ag | Managing queries in a distributed database system |
US20080215460A1 (en) * | 2007-01-31 | 2008-09-04 | Mckibben Michael T | Merchandise location system |
DE102007005542B3 (en) * | 2007-02-03 | 2008-05-15 | Beiersdorf Ag | User suitable cosmetic product e.g. kajal, determining method, involves comparing data representing cosmetic profiles of user and product, and determining product as cosmetic product suitable for user, if data match with each other |
JP2008191947A (en) * | 2007-02-05 | 2008-08-21 | Fujitsu Ltd | Selection method, selection system, selection device and program |
US7710275B2 (en) | 2007-03-16 | 2010-05-04 | Promega Corporation | RFID reader enclosure and man-o-war RFID reader system |
US7737858B2 (en) * | 2007-03-21 | 2010-06-15 | Logitag Systems Ltd. | System, method and kit for managing inventory |
US20080255968A1 (en) * | 2007-04-12 | 2008-10-16 | Sap Ag | Time-based physical inventory management |
JP5082596B2 (en) * | 2007-06-01 | 2012-11-28 | 株式会社日立製作所 | ID reading device, ID reading method, ID reading program, and inspection device |
US8332258B1 (en) * | 2007-08-03 | 2012-12-11 | At&T Mobility Ii Llc | Business to business dynamic pricing system |
US20090051501A1 (en) * | 2007-08-20 | 2009-02-26 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Methods and systems of using radio frequency identification tags |
US20090101714A1 (en) * | 2007-10-22 | 2009-04-23 | Lottery Works, Incorporated | Inventory management method for lottery tickets |
GB2470987A (en) | 2007-11-08 | 2010-12-15 | Wal Mart Stores Inc | Method and apparatus for automated shopper checkout using radio frequency identification technology |
US20090125411A1 (en) * | 2007-11-09 | 2009-05-14 | Jonathan Otto | Wireless communications device configured to order out of stock items |
US8655753B2 (en) * | 2007-11-28 | 2014-02-18 | Ziti Technologies Limited Liability Company | Leveled-flow replenishment using deadband limits |
US10540861B2 (en) * | 2007-12-20 | 2020-01-21 | Ncr Corporation | Sustained authentication of a customer in a physical environment |
US8092251B2 (en) * | 2007-12-29 | 2012-01-10 | Apple Inc. | Active electronic media device packaging |
US20090261974A1 (en) * | 2008-01-29 | 2009-10-22 | Clear-View-Technologies, Inc | System for wirelessly monitoring inventory in the dispensing of items |
US7463147B1 (en) | 2008-02-26 | 2008-12-09 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method for identification, tracking, and notification of abandoned items in a store |
FR2929605B1 (en) * | 2008-04-04 | 2010-08-27 | Ier | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR AUTOMATIC REMOVAL OF OBJECTS FOR THE TRANSPORT OF THESE OBJECTS |
WO2009137496A1 (en) * | 2008-05-05 | 2009-11-12 | Samplesaint Inc. | Product couponing and sampling method |
US20090307152A1 (en) * | 2008-06-09 | 2009-12-10 | Oracle International Corporation | Cost Management System |
US20100174550A1 (en) * | 2008-07-02 | 2010-07-08 | Allegiance Corporation | Method and system for online inventory and cost management |
US20100030668A1 (en) * | 2008-08-04 | 2010-02-04 | John Paben | System and method for retail inventory management |
US8560394B2 (en) * | 2010-07-12 | 2013-10-15 | Incentient, Llc | System and method to enable a customer to select a wine based upon available inventory |
US8325036B1 (en) * | 2008-11-06 | 2012-12-04 | Target Brands, Inc. | In stock analytic monitoring |
US8195533B1 (en) * | 2008-12-08 | 2012-06-05 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Self healing andon system and method |
US9613335B2 (en) * | 2009-02-25 | 2017-04-04 | Optricity Corporation | System and methods for automatic reorganization of pick slot assignments in a warehouse |
EP2420956A1 (en) * | 2009-04-14 | 2012-02-22 | Hideaki Harada | Wireless tag attached article, wireless tag batch reading device, and network article management system |
EP2275982A1 (en) * | 2009-07-16 | 2011-01-19 | Vodafone Holding GmbH | Querying a user of a mobile communication device |
US9818073B2 (en) | 2009-07-17 | 2017-11-14 | Honeywell International Inc. | Demand response management system |
US9124535B2 (en) * | 2009-07-17 | 2015-09-01 | Honeywell International Inc. | System for using attributes to deploy demand response resources |
US9137050B2 (en) | 2009-07-17 | 2015-09-15 | Honeywell International Inc. | Demand response system incorporating a graphical processing unit |
US20110054992A1 (en) * | 2009-07-31 | 2011-03-03 | Liberty Michael A | Communicating price discounts |
US10296916B2 (en) * | 2009-09-11 | 2019-05-21 | Maridee Joy Maraz | System and/or method for handling recalled product purchases and/or return/warranty requests |
MX2012003457A (en) | 2009-09-21 | 2012-08-03 | Checkpoint Systems Inc | Retail product tracking system, method, and apparatus. |
US8508367B2 (en) | 2009-09-21 | 2013-08-13 | Checkpoint Systems, Inc. | Configurable monitoring device |
FR2950994B1 (en) * | 2009-10-01 | 2016-07-29 | Gilles Bennejean | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING ARTICLES WITHIN A PLURALITY OF DISTRIBUTION PLATFORMS |
US9489821B2 (en) | 2010-02-04 | 2016-11-08 | Google Inc. | Device and method for monitoring the presence of an item |
WO2011109682A1 (en) * | 2010-03-05 | 2011-09-09 | Dealer Tire, Llc | Processor implemented systems and methods for winter tire pre-ordering and tire storage |
EP2548160B1 (en) * | 2010-03-15 | 2016-06-15 | Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation | 3d glasses and related systems |
JP5608223B2 (en) * | 2010-03-31 | 2014-10-15 | 楽天株式会社 | Information processing apparatus, information processing method, terminal apparatus, information processing program, and recording medium |
US20140049392A1 (en) * | 2010-04-09 | 2014-02-20 | Bae Systems Information And Electronic Systems Integration, Inc. | Method of preventing spoilage |
US8712856B2 (en) | 2010-04-12 | 2014-04-29 | Nintendo Of America Inc. | Systems and/or methods for determining item serial number structure and intelligence |
EP2378451B1 (en) * | 2010-04-19 | 2018-07-04 | Vodafone Holding GmbH | User authentication in a tag-based service |
US9224120B2 (en) | 2010-04-20 | 2015-12-29 | Temptime Corporation | Computing systems and methods for electronically indicating the acceptability of a product |
US9053616B2 (en) | 2010-04-20 | 2015-06-09 | Temptime Corporation | Computing systems and methods for electronically indicating the acceptability of a product |
US20110276364A1 (en) | 2010-05-04 | 2011-11-10 | Walgreen Co. | Method and System for Optimizing Store Space and Item Layout |
US10068287B2 (en) | 2010-06-11 | 2018-09-04 | David A. Nelsen | Systems and methods to manage and control use of a virtual card |
US20120013441A1 (en) * | 2010-07-16 | 2012-01-19 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | Method and Apparatus Pertaining to Facilitating the Reading of RFID Tags |
US10706383B2 (en) * | 2010-07-16 | 2020-07-07 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | Method and apparatus pertaining to module-based scanning of RFID tags |
US8565107B2 (en) | 2010-09-24 | 2013-10-22 | Hand Held Products, Inc. | Terminal configurable for use within an unknown regulatory domain |
US8791795B2 (en) * | 2010-09-28 | 2014-07-29 | Hand Held Products, Inc. | Terminal for line-of-sight RFID tag reading |
US20120229277A1 (en) * | 2010-10-08 | 2012-09-13 | Gabriel George S | Monitoring and alert system for ventilated rack systems |
US20120280797A1 (en) * | 2010-11-08 | 2012-11-08 | System Planning Corporation | System And Apparatus For Item Level Inventory Management Within A Virtual Warehouse Established For Short-Term And Long-Term Disaster Relief Operations |
US20120123675A1 (en) * | 2010-11-16 | 2012-05-17 | Itag, Inc. | Method and system for operating and interacting with a virtual marketplace |
US20120150668A1 (en) * | 2010-12-13 | 2012-06-14 | Devin Wade | Methods for facilitating creation and management of item lists with unique identification codes for items and associating the lists to sponsor's payment financial transaction card programs |
US8519848B2 (en) | 2010-12-22 | 2013-08-27 | Symbol Technologies, Inc. | RFID-based inventory monitoring systems and methods with self-adjusting operational parameters |
US8732039B1 (en) | 2010-12-29 | 2014-05-20 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Allocating regional inventory to reduce out-of-stock costs |
US9153001B2 (en) | 2011-01-28 | 2015-10-06 | Honeywell International Inc. | Approach for managing distribution of automated demand response events in a multi-site enterprise |
US8319624B2 (en) * | 2011-02-25 | 2012-11-27 | Davis Charles E | System and method for disclosing unauthorized removal of articles from secured premises |
US20140229256A1 (en) | 2013-02-11 | 2014-08-14 | Solutran | Product substantiation using approved product list system and method |
US20120278154A1 (en) * | 2011-04-28 | 2012-11-01 | Microsoft Corporation | Marketing inventory based on spoilage |
US8094026B1 (en) * | 2011-05-02 | 2012-01-10 | Robert M Green | Organized retail crime detection security system and method |
WO2013002748A1 (en) * | 2011-06-28 | 2013-01-03 | Temptime Corporation | Computing systems and methods for electronically indicating the acceptability of a product |
US8700443B1 (en) * | 2011-06-29 | 2014-04-15 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Supply risk detection |
US8732040B1 (en) | 2011-08-16 | 2014-05-20 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Target inventory determination based on hosted merchants presence |
US8695878B2 (en) | 2011-08-31 | 2014-04-15 | Djb Group Llc | Shelf-monitoring system |
US8527475B1 (en) * | 2011-09-21 | 2013-09-03 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | System and method for identifying structured data items lacking requisite information for rule-based duplicate detection |
US8666848B1 (en) | 2011-10-04 | 2014-03-04 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Continuous planning review system |
US8676718B2 (en) * | 2011-10-19 | 2014-03-18 | Frank Villegas | Efficiently delivering and displaying a heated food product |
US8812337B2 (en) | 2011-10-20 | 2014-08-19 | Target Brands, Inc. | Resource allocation based on retail incident information |
US9092961B2 (en) | 2011-11-09 | 2015-07-28 | International Business Machines Corporation | Real time physical asset inventory management through triangulation of video data capture event detection and database interrogation |
US8874467B2 (en) | 2011-11-23 | 2014-10-28 | Outerwall Inc | Mobile commerce platforms and associated systems and methods for converting consumer coins, cash, and/or other forms of value for use with same |
US11676090B2 (en) * | 2011-11-29 | 2023-06-13 | Model N, Inc. | Enhanced multi-component object-based design, computation, and evaluation |
WO2013090603A1 (en) * | 2011-12-16 | 2013-06-20 | Cozad Thomas Michael Jr | Systems and methods for managing product location information |
US20150081358A1 (en) * | 2012-01-31 | 2015-03-19 | Ips Co., Ltd. | Mobile terminal management server and mobile terminal management program |
US20130232074A1 (en) * | 2012-03-05 | 2013-09-05 | Mark Carlson | System and Method for Providing Alert Messages with Modified Message Elements |
US9501916B2 (en) * | 2012-03-20 | 2016-11-22 | Tyco Fire & Security Gmbh | Inventory management system using event filters for wireless sensor network data |
US20230015824A1 (en) * | 2012-05-02 | 2023-01-19 | Imageworks Interactive | Security approach for manufacturing inventory management |
US8799111B2 (en) | 2012-05-04 | 2014-08-05 | Nintendo Of America Inc. | Systems and/or methods for selling non-inventory items at point-of-sale (POS) locations |
US10489802B1 (en) | 2012-06-15 | 2019-11-26 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Cluster-based demand forecasting procedure |
US9569744B2 (en) * | 2012-07-31 | 2017-02-14 | Symberion Corp. | Product notice monitoring |
US10332088B2 (en) | 2012-08-01 | 2019-06-25 | Mastercard International Incorporated | System and method for setting a hot product alert on transaction data |
US9087330B2 (en) | 2012-09-14 | 2015-07-21 | Bank Of America Corporation | Geography based transaction cost recovery |
US20140081704A1 (en) | 2012-09-15 | 2014-03-20 | Honeywell International Inc. | Decision support system based on energy markets |
US9076119B2 (en) | 2012-09-26 | 2015-07-07 | Symbol Technologies, Llc | RFID-based inventory monitoring systems and methods with self-adjusting operational parameters |
US9576282B2 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2017-02-21 | Bank Of America Corporation | Merchant category code (“MCC”) based acceptance cost recovery |
US9691060B2 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2017-06-27 | Bank Of America Corporation | Low value based acceptance cost recovery |
US10467612B2 (en) | 2012-11-19 | 2019-11-05 | Bank Of America Corporation | Volume based transaction cost recovery |
US9389850B2 (en) | 2012-11-29 | 2016-07-12 | Honeywell International Inc. | System and approach to manage versioning of field devices in a multi-site enterprise |
AU2013100416B4 (en) * | 2012-12-05 | 2013-06-27 | M.S. & D.A. Hand Enterprises Pty Ltd | Stock location system |
US8972293B2 (en) | 2012-12-05 | 2015-03-03 | Bank Of America Corporation | Surcharge auditing |
US9818266B2 (en) | 2012-12-05 | 2017-11-14 | Bank Of America Corporation | Remote disabling of target point-of-sale (“POS”) terminals |
US9892289B2 (en) | 2012-12-07 | 2018-02-13 | Hand Held Products, Inc. | Reading RFID tags in defined spatial locations |
US20140172649A1 (en) * | 2012-12-14 | 2014-06-19 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | Stock Aware Shelves |
US8712855B1 (en) | 2012-12-17 | 2014-04-29 | Bank Of America Corporation | Transaction cost recovery queue management |
US8706554B1 (en) * | 2012-12-17 | 2014-04-22 | Bank Of America Corporation | Transaction cost recovery inventory management |
US20140180785A1 (en) * | 2012-12-20 | 2014-06-26 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | Reporting out-of-stock items |
US9262756B2 (en) | 2013-01-01 | 2016-02-16 | Bank Of America Corporation | Point-of-sale (“POS”) controller |
US10937013B2 (en) | 2013-01-13 | 2021-03-02 | Retail Technologies Corporation | Point of sale (POS) docking station system and method for a mobile tablet gun system with mobile tablet device |
US10453047B2 (en) * | 2013-01-13 | 2019-10-22 | Retail Technologies Corporation | Mobile scanner gun system with mobile tablet having a mobile POS and enterprise resource planning application for POS customer order fulfillment and in store inventory management for retail establishment |
US10970674B2 (en) | 2013-01-13 | 2021-04-06 | Retailtechnologies Corporation | Mobile tablet gun system with mobile tablet having a mobile POS and enterprise resource planning application for POS customer order fulfillment and in-store inventory management for retail establishment |
US8990205B2 (en) * | 2013-01-28 | 2015-03-24 | International Business Machines Corporation | Data caveats for database tables |
US10062066B2 (en) | 2013-01-30 | 2018-08-28 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | Systems and methods for retrieving items for a customer at checkout |
US10380540B2 (en) * | 2013-01-31 | 2019-08-13 | Level 3 Communications, Llc | Systems and methods for managing inventory usage |
US10552861B2 (en) | 2013-02-11 | 2020-02-04 | Solutran, Inc. | Dual redemption path with shared benefits system and method |
US20140244526A1 (en) * | 2013-02-28 | 2014-08-28 | Ncr Corporation | Methods of printing food labels for restaurant food items |
US10357118B2 (en) | 2013-03-05 | 2019-07-23 | Rtc Industries, Inc. | Systems and methods for merchandizing electronic displays |
US9031872B1 (en) | 2013-03-12 | 2015-05-12 | Target Brands, Inc. | Digital sign with incorrectly stocked item identification |
US9123016B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2015-09-01 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | Method and apparatus pertaining to the use of group RFID tag information |
US9704124B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2017-07-11 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | Method and apparatus pertaining to monitoring item source locations |
US20140266615A1 (en) * | 2013-03-14 | 2014-09-18 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | Method and Apparatus Pertaining to the Use of Statistics-Based RFID-Tag Information |
US9310466B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2016-04-12 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | Method and apparatus pertaining to the identification of physical-local discrepancies in statistics-based RFID-tag information |
US9092679B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2015-07-28 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | RFID reader location self-discovery |
US9165277B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2015-10-20 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | Discrepancy analysis of RFID reads to determine locations |
US9460326B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2016-10-04 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | Automatic self-learning RFID reader configurator |
US9098824B2 (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2015-08-04 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | Orphaned product stray analysis using RFID |
CA2903717C (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2019-04-02 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | Misplaced item determination using radio frequency identification data |
US9443218B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2016-09-13 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | Merchandise event monitoring via wireless tracking |
JP6098260B2 (en) * | 2013-03-19 | 2017-03-22 | オムロン株式会社 | RFID system, communication device and communication program |
JP5982318B2 (en) * | 2013-03-29 | 2016-08-31 | Kccsマネジメントコンサルティング株式会社 | Business management system |
US20140304123A1 (en) * | 2013-04-09 | 2014-10-09 | International Business Machines Corporation | Electronically tracking inventory in a retail store |
US20140379422A1 (en) * | 2013-06-19 | 2014-12-25 | Advanced Pricing Logic, Inc. | Inventory pricing based on price elasticity demand from movement trends |
US9989937B2 (en) | 2013-07-11 | 2018-06-05 | Honeywell International Inc. | Predicting responses of resources to demand response signals and having comfortable demand responses |
US9691076B2 (en) | 2013-07-11 | 2017-06-27 | Honeywell International Inc. | Demand response system having a participation predictor |
US10346931B2 (en) | 2013-07-11 | 2019-07-09 | Honeywell International Inc. | Arrangement for communicating demand response resource incentives |
US8977389B2 (en) * | 2013-07-17 | 2015-03-10 | ColorCulture Network, LLC | Method, system and apparatus for dispensing products for a personal care service, instructing on providing a personal care treatment service, and selecting a personal care service |
EP3025287B1 (en) * | 2013-07-24 | 2020-01-01 | Promega Corporation | Processes for distribution and use of a mobile rfid container |
US9245160B2 (en) * | 2013-08-20 | 2016-01-26 | Qualcomm Technologies International, Ltd. | Method for setting up a beacon network inside a retail environment |
US9383057B2 (en) | 2013-09-12 | 2016-07-05 | Mateus Daczko | Systems and methods for repositioning objects |
US9830424B2 (en) | 2013-09-18 | 2017-11-28 | Hill-Rom Services, Inc. | Bed/room/patient association systems and methods |
EP3050000B1 (en) * | 2013-09-23 | 2018-07-18 | Chow Tai Fook Jewellery Company Ltd. | Presentation apparatus (iot) |
US9141931B2 (en) | 2013-09-26 | 2015-09-22 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Inventory distribution method and system |
US10600095B2 (en) * | 2013-09-26 | 2020-03-24 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Kiosk management system |
US9984352B2 (en) | 2013-09-26 | 2018-05-29 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Kiosk network in a kiosk management system |
US9972046B2 (en) | 2013-09-26 | 2018-05-15 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Mobile transactions with a kiosk management system |
US10083417B2 (en) | 2013-12-30 | 2018-09-25 | International Business Machines Corporation | Stock management for electronic transactions |
US9760856B2 (en) * | 2013-12-31 | 2017-09-12 | Tata Consultancy Services Limited | Inventory management |
US11593821B2 (en) | 2014-02-14 | 2023-02-28 | International Business Machines Corporation | Mobile device based inventory management and sales trends analysis in a retail environment |
US9767471B1 (en) | 2014-03-24 | 2017-09-19 | Square, Inc. | Determining recommendations from buyer information |
US9665078B2 (en) | 2014-03-25 | 2017-05-30 | Honeywell International Inc. | System for propagating messages for purposes of demand response |
US8965796B1 (en) * | 2014-04-21 | 2015-02-24 | Mitesh Gala | Systems, methods, and devices for tracking and estimating inventory |
US11238384B2 (en) * | 2014-06-03 | 2022-02-01 | Zest Labs, Inc. | Intelligent routing code for improved product distribution |
US10371395B2 (en) * | 2014-06-03 | 2019-08-06 | Trane International Inc. | System and method for a compressor dome temperature sensor location verification |
US9940603B1 (en) | 2014-06-03 | 2018-04-10 | Target Brands, Inc. | Shortage indicators |
JP6329840B2 (en) * | 2014-07-30 | 2018-05-23 | 東芝テック株式会社 | Recognition dictionary management device and program |
US20160082403A1 (en) * | 2014-09-24 | 2016-03-24 | Younes Ounzar | Multi-color fluid dispenser apparatus |
US10733565B1 (en) * | 2014-09-30 | 2020-08-04 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Interactive data processing system |
US20160093182A1 (en) * | 2014-09-30 | 2016-03-31 | Tyco Fire & Security Gmbh | Store intelligence sensor platform for improving customer experience and data analytics |
US11851279B1 (en) * | 2014-09-30 | 2023-12-26 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Determining trends from materials handling facility information |
GB2530771A (en) * | 2014-10-01 | 2016-04-06 | Asda Stores Ltd | Method and system for supporting operations in retail stores |
US20160098524A1 (en) * | 2014-10-01 | 2016-04-07 | Stevan Himmelstein | Medical inventory tracking |
US9057508B1 (en) | 2014-10-22 | 2015-06-16 | Codeshelf | Modular hanging lasers to enable real-time control in a distribution center |
US11109692B2 (en) | 2014-11-12 | 2021-09-07 | Rtc Industries, Inc. | Systems and methods for merchandizing electronic displays |
US11182738B2 (en) | 2014-11-12 | 2021-11-23 | Rtc Industries, Inc. | System for inventory management |
US10572871B1 (en) | 2014-12-04 | 2020-02-25 | Square, Inc. | Personalized gift cards—post-transaction communication |
US9684883B2 (en) * | 2014-12-10 | 2017-06-20 | Oracle International Corporation | Inventory management system with late transaction processing |
US10552750B1 (en) | 2014-12-23 | 2020-02-04 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Disambiguating between multiple users |
US10475185B1 (en) | 2014-12-23 | 2019-11-12 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Associating a user with an event |
US10169769B1 (en) | 2014-12-23 | 2019-01-01 | Square, Inc. | Smart gift card values |
US10438277B1 (en) * | 2014-12-23 | 2019-10-08 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Determining an item involved in an event |
CN104598861B (en) * | 2014-12-31 | 2019-02-01 | 杭州思创汇联科技有限公司 | It is a kind of to have the characteristics that the data recognition system based on induction of real-time response |
US10325230B2 (en) * | 2015-02-02 | 2019-06-18 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | Methods and systems for auditing overstock in a retail environment |
US9672710B2 (en) | 2015-02-26 | 2017-06-06 | International Business Machines Corporation | Item movement tracking with three-dimensional (3D) proximity exclusions |
WO2016141090A1 (en) | 2015-03-03 | 2016-09-09 | Purple Deck Media, Inc. | A networked computer system for remote rfid device management and tracking |
US9659273B2 (en) * | 2015-03-10 | 2017-05-23 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | System to identify and communicate irregular product types and related methods |
US9327397B1 (en) | 2015-04-09 | 2016-05-03 | Codeshelf | Telepresence based inventory pick and place operations through robotic arms affixed to each row of a shelf |
US9262741B1 (en) | 2015-04-28 | 2016-02-16 | Codeshelf | Continuous barcode tape based inventory location tracking |
US11017369B1 (en) | 2015-04-29 | 2021-05-25 | Square, Inc. | Cloud-based inventory and discount pricing management system |
US9790028B2 (en) | 2015-05-04 | 2017-10-17 | Bby Solutions, Inc. | Random-access robotic inventory dispensary: variable bin height |
US9821464B2 (en) | 2015-05-04 | 2017-11-21 | Bby Solutions, Inc. | Random-access robotic inventory dispensary: operation prioritization |
US9563197B2 (en) | 2015-05-04 | 2017-02-07 | Bby Solutions, Inc. | Random-access robotic inventory dispensary: multi-pick fulfillment |
CN107531467B (en) | 2015-05-06 | 2019-12-17 | 克朗设备公司 | Label layout for industrial vehicle operation |
CA2984795C (en) | 2015-05-06 | 2023-09-19 | Crown Equipment Corporation | Diagnostic tag for an industrial vehicle tag reader |
EP3311348A4 (en) * | 2015-06-17 | 2019-02-20 | Panasonic Intellectual Property Management Co., Ltd. | Stock management apparatus, method and system |
US9717357B2 (en) * | 2015-06-30 | 2017-08-01 | International Business Machines Corporation | Managing a condition of a selection of clothing items |
US10325241B2 (en) * | 2015-07-14 | 2019-06-18 | Shlomo Uri HAIMI | System and method for tracking shelf-life and after-opening usage life of medicaments, foods and other perishables |
US10909486B1 (en) | 2015-07-15 | 2021-02-02 | Square, Inc. | Inventory processing using merchant-based distributed warehousing |
US10949796B1 (en) | 2015-07-15 | 2021-03-16 | Square, Inc. | Coordination of inventory ordering across merchants |
US9911097B2 (en) | 2015-08-03 | 2018-03-06 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | Out of stock item tracking at retail sales facilities |
CA2937234A1 (en) * | 2015-08-05 | 2017-02-05 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | Systems and methods to forecast and improve product on-shelf availability |
US10600296B2 (en) * | 2015-08-19 | 2020-03-24 | Google Llc | Physical knowledge action triggers |
US10792814B2 (en) * | 2015-09-14 | 2020-10-06 | OneMarket Network LLC | Systems and methods to provide searchable content related to a plurality of locations in a region in connection with navigational guidance to the locations in the region |
US10289976B2 (en) * | 2015-11-05 | 2019-05-14 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | Methods and systems for managing stock room bin audits at retail sales facilities |
US20170148002A1 (en) * | 2015-11-20 | 2017-05-25 | Outerwall Inc. | Kiosk-based systems and methods for selling consumer products and/or services |
US20170147966A1 (en) * | 2015-11-24 | 2017-05-25 | Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. | Inventory monitoring sensor system |
US10643176B2 (en) | 2015-12-02 | 2020-05-05 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | Methods and systems for updating perpetual inventory at retail sales facilities |
CA2952482A1 (en) * | 2016-01-06 | 2017-07-06 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | Systems and methods for monitoring featured product inventory |
US9818082B1 (en) * | 2016-01-28 | 2017-11-14 | Amazon Technologies, Inc | Managing a removal channel based on inventory capacity |
US10095996B2 (en) * | 2016-02-26 | 2018-10-09 | Intel Corporation | Probabilistic inventory RFID method and system |
JP6917387B2 (en) | 2016-03-18 | 2021-08-11 | キャリア コーポレイションCarrier Corporation | Freight transport system for perishables |
GB2564051A (en) * | 2016-04-01 | 2019-01-02 | Walmart Apollo Llc | Systems, devices, and methods for generating a route for relocating objects |
US20170322561A1 (en) * | 2016-05-03 | 2017-11-09 | Bby Solutions, Inc. | Robotic inventory dispensary operational enhancements |
US9905100B2 (en) * | 2016-05-04 | 2018-02-27 | United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. | Remote initiation of interaction by a computing entity |
US11829927B2 (en) | 2016-05-04 | 2023-11-28 | United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. | Remote initiation of interaction by a computing entity |
US10339595B2 (en) | 2016-05-09 | 2019-07-02 | Grabango Co. | System and method for computer vision driven applications within an environment |
WO2018013438A1 (en) | 2016-07-09 | 2018-01-18 | Grabango Co. | Visually automated interface integration |
US20180039925A1 (en) * | 2016-08-08 | 2018-02-08 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | Critical inventory reporting tool |
US10565550B1 (en) * | 2016-09-07 | 2020-02-18 | Target Brands, Inc. | Real time scanning of a retail store |
US9990830B2 (en) * | 2016-10-06 | 2018-06-05 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Spatial telemeter alert reconnaissance system |
US11416811B2 (en) * | 2016-10-31 | 2022-08-16 | Data Vault Holdings, Inc. | System and apparatus for virtual reality smart inventory management |
WO2018093595A1 (en) * | 2016-11-15 | 2018-05-24 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | System and method for managing retail product inventory |
US11042840B2 (en) * | 2016-11-17 | 2021-06-22 | Freshub Ltd | System and a method for managing inventory |
US10600102B2 (en) | 2016-12-22 | 2020-03-24 | Google Llc | Graphical user interface to display inventory data at merchant locations |
CA3048481A1 (en) * | 2017-01-04 | 2018-07-12 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | Systems and methods of managing perpetual inventory |
CA3052292A1 (en) | 2017-02-10 | 2018-08-16 | Grabango Co. | A dynamic customer checkout experience within an automated shopping environment |
US10255779B2 (en) * | 2017-02-16 | 2019-04-09 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | Methods and systems for detecting shoplifting at a retail facility |
US10558946B2 (en) * | 2017-03-13 | 2020-02-11 | Accenture Global Solutions Limited | Item replenishment |
US10997552B2 (en) | 2017-03-15 | 2021-05-04 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | System and method for determination and management of root cause for inventory problems |
US20180268356A1 (en) | 2017-03-15 | 2018-09-20 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | System and method for perpetual inventory management |
US10558947B2 (en) | 2017-03-15 | 2020-02-11 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | System and method for management of perpetual inventory values based upon financial assumptions |
US20180268355A1 (en) | 2017-03-15 | 2018-09-20 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | System and method for management of perpetual inventory values associated with nil picks |
US11055662B2 (en) | 2017-03-15 | 2021-07-06 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | System and method for perpetual inventory management |
US20180268367A1 (en) | 2017-03-15 | 2018-09-20 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | System and method for management of perpetual inventory values based upon customer product purchases |
US20180268509A1 (en) | 2017-03-15 | 2018-09-20 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | System and method for management of product movement |
CN110709868A (en) * | 2017-04-07 | 2020-01-17 | 思比机器人公司 | Method for tracking inventory levels within a store |
US10853782B2 (en) | 2017-04-14 | 2020-12-01 | Vendekin Technologies Private Limited | System and method for vending device inventory management |
US10679179B2 (en) * | 2017-04-21 | 2020-06-09 | Sensormatic Electronics, LLC | Systems and methods for an improved tag counting process |
US10541556B2 (en) | 2017-04-27 | 2020-01-21 | Honeywell International Inc. | System and approach to integrate and manage diverse demand response specifications for multi-site enterprises |
US10136259B1 (en) * | 2017-05-03 | 2018-11-20 | Intermec, Inc. | Pick and put location verification utilizing RF received signal strength |
US10721418B2 (en) | 2017-05-10 | 2020-07-21 | Grabango Co. | Tilt-shift correction for camera arrays |
US20180341906A1 (en) | 2017-05-26 | 2018-11-29 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | System and method for management of perpetual inventory values based upon confidence level |
US11087299B2 (en) * | 2017-06-09 | 2021-08-10 | Target Brands, Inc. | Point of sale register health monitoring |
WO2018227135A1 (en) | 2017-06-09 | 2018-12-13 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | Systems and methods for an augmented display system |
US10157337B1 (en) | 2017-06-16 | 2018-12-18 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Pre-notification with RFID dock door portals |
US20190005479A1 (en) | 2017-06-21 | 2019-01-03 | William Glaser | Interfacing with a point of sale system from a computer vision system |
US10841294B2 (en) * | 2017-07-09 | 2020-11-17 | Abdullah Rashid Alsaifi | Certification system |
WO2019018649A1 (en) * | 2017-07-19 | 2019-01-24 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | Systems and methods for predicting and identifying retail shrinkage activity |
US10824834B2 (en) | 2017-08-03 | 2020-11-03 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | Electronic label system |
US20190195695A1 (en) * | 2017-08-30 | 2019-06-27 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | Temperature environmental sensors on pallet |
IL254235A0 (en) * | 2017-08-31 | 2017-10-31 | Kerem Zohar | System and method for monitoring conditions of organic products |
WO2019045641A1 (en) * | 2017-08-31 | 2019-03-07 | Agency For Science, Technology And Research | Method of inventory control and system thereof |
US20190079591A1 (en) | 2017-09-14 | 2019-03-14 | Grabango Co. | System and method for human gesture processing from video input |
US10963704B2 (en) | 2017-10-16 | 2021-03-30 | Grabango Co. | Multiple-factor verification for vision-based systems |
US11276025B2 (en) | 2017-10-24 | 2022-03-15 | United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. | Automated occupant tracking systems and methods |
WO2019089231A1 (en) * | 2017-10-30 | 2019-05-09 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | Perpetual inventory reconciliation |
US20220129839A1 (en) * | 2017-11-05 | 2022-04-28 | Wasteless Ltd. | System and method to attribute expiration dates and quantities of a product to a sku code for pricing purposes |
US11257133B2 (en) * | 2017-11-05 | 2022-02-22 | Wasteless Ltd. | Method to attribute expiration dates and quantities of a product to an SKU code for pricing purpose |
US10955182B2 (en) | 2017-11-07 | 2021-03-23 | FreshRealm, LLC | Dynamic packing system |
US11244279B2 (en) | 2017-11-08 | 2022-02-08 | International Business Machines Corporation | Automated inventory replenishment |
US10936993B2 (en) * | 2017-11-08 | 2021-03-02 | International Business Machines Corporation | Automated inventory replenishment |
CN107944960A (en) * | 2017-11-27 | 2018-04-20 | 深圳码隆科技有限公司 | A kind of self-service method and apparatus |
WO2019108193A1 (en) * | 2017-11-30 | 2019-06-06 | Hall David R | An infrastructure for automatically detecting interactions, and root causes and for optimizing real-world processes |
US20190171997A1 (en) * | 2017-12-01 | 2019-06-06 | C. Rachelle Roach | Systems and Methods for Product Expiration Date Management |
JP7040531B2 (en) * | 2017-12-04 | 2022-03-23 | 日本電気株式会社 | Image processing equipment |
US20190172003A1 (en) * | 2017-12-06 | 2019-06-06 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | System and method for iterative improvements to re-count inventory rules |
US11481805B2 (en) | 2018-01-03 | 2022-10-25 | Grabango Co. | Marketing and couponing in a retail environment using computer vision |
WO2019178332A1 (en) * | 2018-03-15 | 2019-09-19 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | System and method for dynamic perishable item replenishment |
WO2019204410A1 (en) * | 2018-04-17 | 2019-10-24 | Deroyal Industries, Inc. | Inventory management system with statistical learning |
KR20190129421A (en) * | 2018-05-11 | 2019-11-20 | 고권석 | System for providing location-tracking and location information of goods |
US11100457B2 (en) * | 2018-05-17 | 2021-08-24 | Here Global B.V. | Venue map based security infrastructure management |
WO2019236598A1 (en) * | 2018-06-04 | 2019-12-12 | University Of South Florida | A system and method for robust, modular, product sensitive monitoring and encoding of quality and safety along the perishable supply chain |
US10846655B2 (en) | 2018-06-28 | 2020-11-24 | Vossic Technology Co., Ltd. | Shelf life monitoring system |
CN108898199B (en) * | 2018-06-29 | 2021-09-07 | 连云港伍江数码科技有限公司 | Product identification code conversion method and device and product management system |
US11875300B2 (en) * | 2018-07-12 | 2024-01-16 | International Business Machines Corporation | Perishable asset tracking for blockchain |
US20210272148A1 (en) * | 2018-07-19 | 2021-09-02 | Allwinware Co., Ltd | Method and device for dynamically determining price of item |
US11861579B1 (en) | 2018-07-31 | 2024-01-02 | Block, Inc. | Intelligent inventory system |
US11100302B2 (en) * | 2018-08-13 | 2021-08-24 | Sunrise R&D Holdings, Llc | System and method for verification of displayed shelf tags using hand-held device |
US10741087B1 (en) | 2018-08-13 | 2020-08-11 | Alarm.Com Incorporated | Drone digital locker builder |
US11132638B2 (en) * | 2018-08-31 | 2021-09-28 | Oracle International Corporation | Product predictions and shipments using IoT connected devices |
US20200082321A1 (en) * | 2018-09-07 | 2020-03-12 | International Business Machines Corporation | Adjusting object placement within a physical space |
CA3117918A1 (en) | 2018-10-29 | 2020-05-07 | Grabango Co. | Commerce automation for a fueling station |
BR102018072970A2 (en) * | 2018-11-08 | 2020-05-26 | Giselle Margareth Pilla Blankenstein | SYSTEM, METHOD AND PLATFORM FOR THE MANAGEMENT OF PRODUCTS AND THEIR PACKAGING ACCORDING TO THE OBJECTIVES OF SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT |
US20200167718A1 (en) * | 2018-11-28 | 2020-05-28 | International Business Machines Corporation | Automated Organization of a Space Background |
US10878394B1 (en) | 2018-11-29 | 2020-12-29 | Square, Inc. | Intelligent inventory recommendations |
US11911325B2 (en) | 2019-02-26 | 2024-02-27 | Hill-Rom Services, Inc. | Bed interface for manual location |
CA3131604A1 (en) | 2019-03-01 | 2020-09-10 | Grabango Co. | Cashier interface for linking customers to virtual data |
KR102058011B1 (en) * | 2019-03-04 | 2019-12-20 | 고권석 | Product search and management system |
US11037101B2 (en) * | 2019-05-17 | 2021-06-15 | Direct Supply, Inc. | Systems, methods, and media for managing inventory associated with a facility |
US20200372449A1 (en) * | 2019-05-20 | 2020-11-26 | Sensormatic Electronics, LLC | Inventory event based movement of rfid tagged items |
US20200380252A1 (en) * | 2019-05-29 | 2020-12-03 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | Systems and methods for detecting egress at an entrance of a retail facility |
US11423360B2 (en) | 2019-06-25 | 2022-08-23 | Scientia Potentia Est, LLC. | Digital asset system for management of projects and materials |
US11521157B2 (en) | 2019-06-25 | 2022-12-06 | Scientia Potentia Est II, LLC | System for verification and management of paired assets related applications |
US11288308B2 (en) | 2019-06-25 | 2022-03-29 | Scientia Potentia Est., LLC | System for a verifiable physical object with a digital representation and related applications |
US11449949B2 (en) | 2019-06-25 | 2022-09-20 | Scientia Potentia Est, LLC. | System for management of insurance risk and insurance events |
US11587026B2 (en) | 2019-06-28 | 2023-02-21 | Allied Inventory Systems, Inc. | RFID based inventory system and method |
US10915227B1 (en) * | 2019-08-07 | 2021-02-09 | Bank Of America Corporation | System for adjustment of resource allocation based on multi-channel inputs |
US10909546B1 (en) * | 2019-08-28 | 2021-02-02 | Coupang Corp. | Computer-implemented systems and methods for validating and returning fresh items for inventory management |
US20210081867A1 (en) * | 2019-09-18 | 2021-03-18 | Divert, Inc. | Systems and methods for tracking product environment throughout a supply chain |
CN110705941B (en) * | 2019-10-09 | 2023-05-19 | 江苏汇环环保科技有限公司 | Dangerous waste storage supervision system based on Internet of things and operation method |
US20210192436A1 (en) * | 2019-12-20 | 2021-06-24 | WaveMark, Inc. | Methods and systems for managing product expiration |
US11741557B2 (en) * | 2020-01-01 | 2023-08-29 | Rockspoon, Inc. | Biomarker-based food item design system and method |
JP2022050213A (en) * | 2020-09-17 | 2022-03-30 | 東芝テック株式会社 | Stock management system |
US20220129934A1 (en) * | 2020-10-26 | 2022-04-28 | Toshiba Tec Kabushiki Kaisha | System and method to identify and reprice goods for retail product loss minimization |
US20220182849A1 (en) * | 2020-12-07 | 2022-06-09 | Trackonomy Systems, Inc. | Method and system for performing ad hoc diagnostics, maintenance, programming, and tests of internet of things devices |
US11057689B1 (en) | 2020-12-10 | 2021-07-06 | Elliot Klein | Docking station accessory device for connecting electronic module devices to a package |
JP7262549B1 (en) * | 2021-10-27 | 2023-04-21 | 楽天グループ株式会社 | Information processing system, occupancy rate calculation method, and program |
US20230214773A1 (en) * | 2022-01-03 | 2023-07-06 | International Business Machines Corporation | Equipment maintenance and automated inventory management using predictive modeling |
WO2023249879A1 (en) * | 2022-06-23 | 2023-12-28 | Carefusion 303, Inc. | Soon-to-expire analysis models for medical inventory management |
CN115330317A (en) * | 2022-10-11 | 2022-11-11 | 北京京东拓先科技有限公司 | Inventory data processing method and device |
CN116721745B (en) * | 2023-05-11 | 2024-03-19 | 韵哲(南通)科技发展有限公司 | Intelligent management method and system for consumable of immunohistochemical kit and electronic equipment |
Citations (18)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20020077929A1 (en) * | 2000-05-05 | 2002-06-20 | Knorr Yolanda Denise | Event driven shopping method utilizing electronic e-commerce order pending |
US6490567B1 (en) * | 1997-01-15 | 2002-12-03 | At&T Corp. | System and method for distributed content electronic commerce |
US20030158792A1 (en) * | 1997-10-27 | 2003-08-21 | Ipf Inc. | System and method for managing and serving consumer product related information over the internet |
US20040019535A1 (en) * | 1997-10-27 | 2004-01-29 | Ipf, Inc. | Internet-based consumer product kiosk for installation within a retail environment |
US20040153378A1 (en) * | 1996-10-25 | 2004-08-05 | Ipf, Inc. | Method of and system for enabling access to consumer product related information and the purchase of consumer products at points of consumer presence on the world wide web (WWW) at which consumer product information request (CPIR) enabling servlet tags are embedded within HTML-encorded documents |
US20040210479A1 (en) * | 1996-10-25 | 2004-10-21 | Ipf, Inc. | Internet-based brand marketing communication instrumentation network for deploying, installing and remotely programming brand-building server-side driven multi-mode virtual kiosks on the World Wide Web (WWW), and methods of brand marketing communication between brand marketers and consumers using the same |
US20050004838A1 (en) * | 1996-10-25 | 2005-01-06 | Ipf, Inc. | Internet-based brand management and marketing commuication instrumentation network for deploying, installing and remotely programming brand-building server-side driven multi-mode virtual kiosks on the World Wide Web (WWW), and methods of brand marketing communication between brand marketers and consumers using the same |
US20050010475A1 (en) * | 1996-10-25 | 2005-01-13 | Ipf, Inc. | Internet-based brand management and marketing communication instrumentation network for deploying, installing and remotely programming brand-building server-side driven multi-mode virtual Kiosks on the World Wide Web (WWW), and methods of brand marketing communication between brand marketers and consumers using the same |
US20050251456A1 (en) * | 1996-10-25 | 2005-11-10 | Ipf, Inc. | Internet-based method of and system for managing and serving consumer product advertisements to consumers in retail stores |
US20050251458A1 (en) * | 1996-10-25 | 2005-11-10 | Perkowski Thomas J | System and method for finding and serving consumer product related information to consumers using internet-based information servers and clients |
US20060011716A1 (en) * | 1996-10-25 | 2006-01-19 | Ipf, Inc. | Internet-based method of and system for managing, distributing and serving consumer product related information to consumers in physical and electronic streams of commerce |
US20060149640A1 (en) * | 2004-09-10 | 2006-07-06 | Gordon Sheldon M | Integrating electronic and traditional retail |
US20060212361A1 (en) * | 1996-10-25 | 2006-09-21 | Perkowski Thomas J | Method of and system for accessing consumer product related information at points of consumer presence on the World Wide Web(WWW) at which UPN-encoded java-applets are embedded within HTML-encoded documents |
US20070187183A1 (en) * | 2000-07-12 | 2007-08-16 | Michael Saigh | System, method and process for computer controlled delivery of classified goods and services through an amalgamated drive-thru complex |
US7844492B2 (en) * | 1999-11-17 | 2010-11-30 | Ipf, Inc. | Internet-based E-commerce network for enabling commission-based E-commerce transactions along the fabric of the world wide web (WWW) using server-side driven multi-mode virtual kiosks (MMVKS) and transaction and commission tracking servers |
US20110184831A1 (en) * | 2008-06-02 | 2011-07-28 | Andrew Robert Dalgleish | An item recommendation system |
US8078507B1 (en) * | 1996-12-16 | 2011-12-13 | Ip Holdings, Inc. | Method for mobile electronic commerce |
US8604928B2 (en) * | 2006-06-30 | 2013-12-10 | National Networks Limited Llc | RFID ionosphere |
Family Cites Families (127)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US16800A (en) * | 1857-03-10 | Machine for forming the curved surface of solid wooden chair-seats | ||
US51905A (en) * | 1866-01-02 | Improvement in electro-ballistic chronographs | ||
US4673932A (en) * | 1983-12-29 | 1987-06-16 | Revlon, Inc. | Rapid inventory data acquistion system |
US4688026A (en) * | 1984-05-15 | 1987-08-18 | Scribner James R | Method of collecting and using data associated with tagged objects |
US4688062A (en) | 1984-06-29 | 1987-08-18 | Raytheon Company | Semiconductor structure and method of manufacture |
US5019811A (en) * | 1984-10-15 | 1991-05-28 | Unigrafic Ag | Device for marking edges of shelves |
US4814742A (en) * | 1985-04-04 | 1989-03-21 | Sekisui Jushi Kabushiki Kaisha | Inquiry system for detecting a selected object |
US4737910A (en) * | 1985-10-15 | 1988-04-12 | Kimbrow Ronald H | Apparatus for tracking inventory |
JPH0688644B2 (en) | 1985-12-26 | 1994-11-09 | 大和電機工業株式会社 | Inventory management device |
US4937586A (en) * | 1986-09-22 | 1990-06-26 | Stevens John K | Radio broadcast communication systems with multiple loop antennas |
US4766295A (en) * | 1987-03-02 | 1988-08-23 | H.E. Butt Grocery Company | Electronic pricing display system |
US4951029A (en) * | 1988-02-16 | 1990-08-21 | Interactive Technologies, Inc. | Micro-programmable security system |
JP2735213B2 (en) | 1988-03-04 | 1998-04-02 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Automatic ordering system |
US5198644A (en) * | 1989-05-05 | 1993-03-30 | Diablo Research Corporation | System for display of prices and related method |
US5572653A (en) | 1989-05-16 | 1996-11-05 | Rest Manufacturing, Inc. | Remote electronic information display system for retail facility |
US5313392A (en) * | 1990-03-16 | 1994-05-17 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Method for supporting merchandise management operation and system therefor |
US5231273A (en) * | 1991-04-09 | 1993-07-27 | Comtec Industries | Inventory management system |
US5241467A (en) * | 1992-04-30 | 1993-08-31 | Ers Associates Limited Partnership | Space management system |
US5349332A (en) * | 1992-10-13 | 1994-09-20 | Sensormatic Electronics Corportion | EAS system with requency hopping |
US5704049A (en) | 1992-12-22 | 1997-12-30 | Electronic Retailing Systems International Inc. | Subglobal area addressing for electronic price displays |
GB9309246D0 (en) * | 1993-05-05 | 1993-06-16 | Esselte Meto Int Gmbh | Rechargeable shelf edge tag |
DE4327642C2 (en) * | 1993-05-17 | 1998-09-24 | Anatoli Stobbe | Reader for a detection plate |
US5434775A (en) * | 1993-11-04 | 1995-07-18 | The General Hospital Corporation | Managing an inventory of devices |
US5539394A (en) * | 1994-03-16 | 1996-07-23 | International Business Machines Corporation | Time division multiplexed batch mode item identification system |
DK0756763T3 (en) * | 1994-04-18 | 2000-06-13 | Alfa Laval Agri Ab | antenna Arrangement |
US5461385A (en) * | 1994-04-29 | 1995-10-24 | Hughes Identification Devices, Inc. | RF/ID transponder system employing multiple transponders and a sensor switch |
US6130603A (en) * | 1994-06-13 | 2000-10-10 | Ers International, Inc. | Low-powered RF-linked price display system |
US5604923A (en) * | 1994-11-15 | 1997-02-18 | At&T Global Information Solutions Company | Electronic display system capable of displaying communication signal strength on individual electronic display modules and method of using the same |
EP0813777A1 (en) * | 1995-03-06 | 1997-12-29 | Electronic Retailing Systems International, Inc. | Low-power two-way wireless communication system for electronic shelf labels |
US5648765A (en) * | 1995-03-08 | 1997-07-15 | Cresap; Michael S. | Tag tansponder system and method to identify items for purposes such as locating, identifying, counting, inventorying, or the like |
US5671362A (en) * | 1995-04-04 | 1997-09-23 | Cowe; Alan B. | Materials monitoring systems, materials management systems and related methods |
US5729697A (en) * | 1995-04-24 | 1998-03-17 | International Business Machines Corporation | Intelligent shopping cart |
US5794213A (en) * | 1995-06-06 | 1998-08-11 | Markman; Herbert L. | Method and apparatus for reforming grouped items |
US5727153A (en) * | 1995-06-06 | 1998-03-10 | Powell; Ken R. | Retail store having a system of receiving electronic coupon information from a portable card and sending the received coupon information to other portable cards |
CA2223051A1 (en) * | 1995-06-06 | 1996-12-12 | Ken R. Powell | Retail system |
US5602556A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 1997-02-11 | Check Point Systems, Inc. | Transmit and receive loop antenna |
US5798693A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 1998-08-25 | Engellenner; Thomas J. | Electronic locating systems |
US5832496A (en) | 1995-10-12 | 1998-11-03 | Ncr Corporation | System and method for performing intelligent analysis of a computer database |
EP0770967A3 (en) | 1995-10-26 | 1998-12-30 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Decision support system for the management of an agile supply chain |
US5818346A (en) * | 1996-02-16 | 1998-10-06 | Ncr Corporation | Method of locating electronic price labels in transaction establishments |
GB9604459D0 (en) | 1996-03-01 | 1996-05-01 | Isr Logistics Ltd | An apparatus for the control of inventory |
US6182053B1 (en) * | 1996-03-26 | 2001-01-30 | Recovery Sales Corporation | Method and apparatus for managing inventory |
US6078251A (en) * | 1996-03-27 | 2000-06-20 | Intermec Ip Corporation | Integrated multi-meter and wireless communication link |
US5850187A (en) | 1996-03-27 | 1998-12-15 | Amtech Corporation | Integrated electronic tag reader and wireless communication link |
IL117952A0 (en) * | 1996-04-18 | 1996-08-04 | Eldat Communication Ltd | Product identification and counting system |
US5887176A (en) * | 1996-06-28 | 1999-03-23 | Randtec, Inc. | Method and system for remote monitoring and tracking of inventory |
US5745036A (en) * | 1996-09-12 | 1998-04-28 | Checkpoint Systems, Inc. | Electronic article security system for store which uses intelligent security tags and transaction data |
US6011487A (en) * | 1996-09-17 | 2000-01-04 | Ncr Corporation | System and method of locating wireless devices |
US6236335B1 (en) * | 1996-09-17 | 2001-05-22 | Ncr Corporation | System and method of tracking short range transmitters |
JPH1097601A (en) * | 1996-09-20 | 1998-04-14 | Toshiba Corp | Information recording medium |
US5990794A (en) | 1996-09-26 | 1999-11-23 | Sensormatic Electronics Corporation | Apparatus for data communication and deactivation of electronic article surveillance tags |
US5777561A (en) * | 1996-09-30 | 1998-07-07 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method of grouping RF transponders |
US5926797A (en) * | 1996-09-30 | 1999-07-20 | Ncr Corporation | Method of assigning electronic price labels to groups of price lookup file items |
CN1233327A (en) | 1996-10-17 | 1999-10-27 | 准确定位公司 | Article tracking system |
US6107910A (en) * | 1996-11-29 | 2000-08-22 | X-Cyte, Inc. | Dual mode transmitter/receiver and decoder for RF transponder tags |
EP0856812B1 (en) | 1996-12-20 | 2005-09-14 | Symbol Technologies, Inc. | Portable shopping and order fulfillment system |
US5920261A (en) * | 1996-12-31 | 1999-07-06 | Design Vision Inc. | Methods and apparatus for tracking and displaying objects |
US6184841B1 (en) * | 1996-12-31 | 2001-02-06 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Antenna array in an RFID system |
US5884278A (en) * | 1997-02-11 | 1999-03-16 | Powell; Ken R. | Retail store and method employing multiple network interfaces at each cash register, and receiving signals from portable cards at each cash register |
US6055509A (en) * | 1997-02-11 | 2000-04-25 | Ken R. Powell | System and method for transferring identification information between portable cards in a computerized retail store having communication among a plurality of computers |
US5914671A (en) * | 1997-02-27 | 1999-06-22 | Micron Communications, Inc. | System and method for locating individuals and equipment, airline reservation system, communication system |
US5822714A (en) * | 1997-03-05 | 1998-10-13 | International Business Machines Corporation | Data processing system and method for accessing a plurality of radio frequency identification tags |
US6138105A (en) | 1997-03-21 | 2000-10-24 | Walker Digital, Llc | System and method for dynamic assembly of packages in retail environments |
US6094173A (en) * | 1997-04-18 | 2000-07-25 | Motorola, Inc. | Method and apparatus for detecting an RFID tag signal |
US5886634A (en) * | 1997-05-05 | 1999-03-23 | Electronic Data Systems Corporation | Item removal system and method |
US5963920A (en) * | 1997-06-19 | 1999-10-05 | Golconda Screw Incorporated | Inventory control system and method |
US5963134A (en) * | 1997-07-24 | 1999-10-05 | Checkpoint Systems, Inc. | Inventory system using articles with RFID tags |
US6184777B1 (en) | 1997-08-26 | 2001-02-06 | Destron-Fearing Corporation | Apparatus and method for remotely testing a passive integrated transponder tag interrogation system |
US6005530A (en) | 1997-10-31 | 1999-12-21 | Intermec Ip Corp. | Switched gain antenna for enhanced system performance |
AU1367699A (en) | 1997-11-03 | 1999-05-24 | Arial Systems Corporation | Personnel and asset tracking method and apparatus |
US5963173A (en) * | 1997-12-05 | 1999-10-05 | Sensormatic Electronics Corporation | Antenna and transmitter arrangement for EAS system |
US5936527A (en) * | 1998-02-10 | 1999-08-10 | E-Tag Systems, Inc. | Method and apparatus for locating and tracking documents and other objects |
US6061552A (en) * | 1998-04-28 | 2000-05-09 | Sensormatic Electronics Corporation | EAS pedestal and method for making the same |
US6704690B2 (en) * | 1998-06-08 | 2004-03-09 | St. Logitrack Pte Ltd. | Monitoring system |
AU762475B2 (en) | 1998-08-14 | 2003-06-26 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Applications for radio frequency identification systems |
CN1312928A (en) * | 1998-08-14 | 2001-09-12 | 3M创新有限公司 | Application for a radio frequency identification system |
US6397199B1 (en) * | 1998-08-31 | 2002-05-28 | Ncr Corporation | System and method of altering transaction terms based upon current inventory levels |
US6369964B1 (en) * | 1998-09-04 | 2002-04-09 | General Scientific Corporation | Optical filters for reducing eye strain, during surgery |
US6450406B2 (en) * | 1998-09-10 | 2002-09-17 | Christopher P. Brown | Method and apparatus for inventorying substances |
CA2343404C (en) * | 1998-09-11 | 2002-11-12 | Key-Trak, Inc. | Object tracking system with non-contact object detection and identification |
WO2000016564A1 (en) * | 1998-09-11 | 2000-03-23 | Key-Trak, Inc. | Object control and tracking system with zonal transition detection |
JP3581791B2 (en) | 1998-10-05 | 2004-10-27 | 東芝情報システム株式会社 | Article management system, wireless tag, article management shelf |
JP2000123096A (en) | 1998-10-20 | 2000-04-28 | Hitachi Ltd | Scheduled forwarding quantity calculating method |
US6341271B1 (en) * | 1998-11-13 | 2002-01-22 | General Electric Company | Inventory management system and method |
JP2000198511A (en) | 1998-12-28 | 2000-07-18 | Ishikawajima Harima Heavy Ind Co Ltd | Stock item replenishment indication system |
US6317027B1 (en) | 1999-01-12 | 2001-11-13 | Randy Watkins | Auto-tunning scanning proximity reader |
US6341269B1 (en) * | 1999-01-26 | 2002-01-22 | Mercani Technologies, Inc. | System, method and article of manufacture to optimize inventory and merchandising shelf space utilization |
US6418416B1 (en) * | 1999-04-02 | 2002-07-09 | Supplypro, Inc. | Inventory management system and method |
JP2000306015A (en) | 1999-04-16 | 2000-11-02 | Toshiba Corp | Device and method for managing rental article |
EP1049042A1 (en) | 1999-04-28 | 2000-11-02 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Storage system |
US6317650B1 (en) | 1999-04-29 | 2001-11-13 | Softcard Systems, Inc. | System and method employing portable cards to monitor a commercial system |
US6502012B1 (en) | 1999-05-11 | 2002-12-31 | Kim Marie Nelson | Newspaper rack automated inventory monitoring request apparatus and method |
WO2000068856A2 (en) * | 1999-05-11 | 2000-11-16 | Webvan Group, Inc. | Electronic commerce enabled delivery system and method |
US7647230B2 (en) * | 1999-06-24 | 2010-01-12 | Pitney Bowes Inc. | Method and apparatus for tracking a special service delivery of a mail item created by an office worker |
US6327576B1 (en) * | 1999-09-21 | 2001-12-04 | Fujitsu Limited | System and method for managing expiration-dated products utilizing an electronic receipt |
US20030055707A1 (en) * | 1999-09-22 | 2003-03-20 | Frederick D. Busche | Method and system for integrating spatial analysis and data mining analysis to ascertain favorable positioning of products in a retail environment |
US6294997B1 (en) * | 1999-10-04 | 2001-09-25 | Intermec Ip Corp. | RFID tag having timing and environment modules |
JP2001134643A (en) | 1999-11-02 | 2001-05-18 | Hitachi Ltd | Device and method for predicting demand |
JP2001287809A (en) * | 2000-04-04 | 2001-10-16 | Leading Information Technology Institute | Stock control system |
US6496806B1 (en) * | 1999-12-16 | 2002-12-17 | Samsys Technologies Inc. | Method and system for tracking clustered items |
US6271756B1 (en) * | 1999-12-27 | 2001-08-07 | Checkpoint Systems, Inc. | Security tag detection and localization system |
US20070124216A1 (en) * | 2000-03-07 | 2007-05-31 | Michael Lucas | Systems and methods for locating and purchasing proximal inventory items |
US20070219916A1 (en) * | 2000-03-07 | 2007-09-20 | Michael Lucas | Systems and methods for tracking and verifying the authenticity of an item |
US6996538B2 (en) | 2000-03-07 | 2006-02-07 | Unisone Corporation | Inventory control system and methods |
WO2001075552A2 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2001-10-11 | Payless Shoesource, Inc. | System and method for managing inventory and sales using a wireless network |
NZ543166A (en) | 2000-04-07 | 2006-12-22 | Procter & Gamble | Monitoring the effective velocity of items through a store or warehouse for predicting stock levels |
US6539280B1 (en) | 2000-04-11 | 2003-03-25 | Carl A. Valiulis | Merchandising method and apparatus |
JP2001344464A (en) | 2000-06-01 | 2001-12-14 | Hitachi Ltd | Postage stamp sales system and postage stamp or the like |
EP1312004A4 (en) | 2000-06-23 | 2006-01-11 | Int Paper Co | System for inventory control and capturing and analyzing consumer buying decisions |
US20020161651A1 (en) * | 2000-08-29 | 2002-10-31 | Procter & Gamble | System and methods for tracking consumers in a store environment |
CA2419952A1 (en) | 2000-09-05 | 2002-03-14 | Gap, Inc. | System and method for using radio frequency identification in retail operations |
US6392544B1 (en) * | 2000-09-25 | 2002-05-21 | Motorola, Inc. | Method and apparatus for selectively activating radio frequency identification tags that are in close proximity |
EP1328912A4 (en) * | 2000-10-10 | 2005-05-11 | Escort Memory Systems | Modular rfid antenna system |
AU2002216725A1 (en) * | 2000-11-03 | 2002-05-21 | Outlet Group, Llc | Method and system of an integrated business topography and virtual 3d network portal |
US6598025B1 (en) * | 2000-12-29 | 2003-07-22 | Ncr Corporation | Geospatial inventory control |
US20030014314A1 (en) * | 2001-03-15 | 2003-01-16 | Pelion Systems, Inc. | Manufacturing flow control method and system |
US6557760B2 (en) * | 2001-03-30 | 2003-05-06 | Ncr Corporation | System and method of managing expired products |
US6961709B2 (en) * | 2001-04-02 | 2005-11-01 | Ncr Corporation | System and method of managing inventory |
US20020147649A1 (en) * | 2001-04-04 | 2002-10-10 | White Daniel F. | System and method of managing time-sensitive items |
US6419154B1 (en) * | 2001-04-04 | 2002-07-16 | Ncr Corporation | Methods and apparatus for an electronic shelf label communication system having multiple transmit antennae |
CA2460892A1 (en) * | 2001-09-18 | 2003-03-27 | Pro-Corp Holdings International Limited | Image recognition inventory management system |
AU2002348027A1 (en) * | 2001-10-23 | 2003-05-06 | Lscan Technologies, Inc. | Inventory management system and method |
US7222786B2 (en) * | 2001-11-14 | 2007-05-29 | Sap Ag | Inventory early warning agent with correction by error correlation calculation |
US7398232B2 (en) * | 2001-11-14 | 2008-07-08 | Sap Aktiengesellschaft | Inventory early warning agent in a supply chain management system |
US6601764B1 (en) * | 2002-03-13 | 2003-08-05 | Ncr Corporation | System and method of managing inventory |
US6747560B2 (en) * | 2002-06-27 | 2004-06-08 | Ncr Corporation | System and method of detecting movement of an item |
US20040024730A1 (en) * | 2002-08-02 | 2004-02-05 | Brown Thomas M. | Inventory management of products |
-
2003
- 2003-01-23 US US10/348,941 patent/US8321302B2/en active Active
-
2012
- 2012-10-23 US US13/658,266 patent/US20130144757A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (20)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20060011716A1 (en) * | 1996-10-25 | 2006-01-19 | Ipf, Inc. | Internet-based method of and system for managing, distributing and serving consumer product related information to consumers in physical and electronic streams of commerce |
US20050010475A1 (en) * | 1996-10-25 | 2005-01-13 | Ipf, Inc. | Internet-based brand management and marketing communication instrumentation network for deploying, installing and remotely programming brand-building server-side driven multi-mode virtual Kiosks on the World Wide Web (WWW), and methods of brand marketing communication between brand marketers and consumers using the same |
US20050251456A1 (en) * | 1996-10-25 | 2005-11-10 | Ipf, Inc. | Internet-based method of and system for managing and serving consumer product advertisements to consumers in retail stores |
US20050251458A1 (en) * | 1996-10-25 | 2005-11-10 | Perkowski Thomas J | System and method for finding and serving consumer product related information to consumers using internet-based information servers and clients |
US20040153378A1 (en) * | 1996-10-25 | 2004-08-05 | Ipf, Inc. | Method of and system for enabling access to consumer product related information and the purchase of consumer products at points of consumer presence on the world wide web (WWW) at which consumer product information request (CPIR) enabling servlet tags are embedded within HTML-encorded documents |
US20040210479A1 (en) * | 1996-10-25 | 2004-10-21 | Ipf, Inc. | Internet-based brand marketing communication instrumentation network for deploying, installing and remotely programming brand-building server-side driven multi-mode virtual kiosks on the World Wide Web (WWW), and methods of brand marketing communication between brand marketers and consumers using the same |
US20050004838A1 (en) * | 1996-10-25 | 2005-01-06 | Ipf, Inc. | Internet-based brand management and marketing commuication instrumentation network for deploying, installing and remotely programming brand-building server-side driven multi-mode virtual kiosks on the World Wide Web (WWW), and methods of brand marketing communication between brand marketers and consumers using the same |
US7441710B2 (en) * | 1996-10-25 | 2008-10-28 | Ipf, Inc. | System and method for finding and serving consumer product related information to consumers using internet-based information servers and clients |
US20060212361A1 (en) * | 1996-10-25 | 2006-09-21 | Perkowski Thomas J | Method of and system for accessing consumer product related information at points of consumer presence on the World Wide Web(WWW) at which UPN-encoded java-applets are embedded within HTML-encoded documents |
US8078507B1 (en) * | 1996-12-16 | 2011-12-13 | Ip Holdings, Inc. | Method for mobile electronic commerce |
US8078506B1 (en) * | 1996-12-16 | 2011-12-13 | Ip Holdings, Inc. | Method for mobile electronic commerce |
US6490567B1 (en) * | 1997-01-15 | 2002-12-03 | At&T Corp. | System and method for distributed content electronic commerce |
US20040019535A1 (en) * | 1997-10-27 | 2004-01-29 | Ipf, Inc. | Internet-based consumer product kiosk for installation within a retail environment |
US20030158792A1 (en) * | 1997-10-27 | 2003-08-21 | Ipf Inc. | System and method for managing and serving consumer product related information over the internet |
US7844492B2 (en) * | 1999-11-17 | 2010-11-30 | Ipf, Inc. | Internet-based E-commerce network for enabling commission-based E-commerce transactions along the fabric of the world wide web (WWW) using server-side driven multi-mode virtual kiosks (MMVKS) and transaction and commission tracking servers |
US20020077929A1 (en) * | 2000-05-05 | 2002-06-20 | Knorr Yolanda Denise | Event driven shopping method utilizing electronic e-commerce order pending |
US20070187183A1 (en) * | 2000-07-12 | 2007-08-16 | Michael Saigh | System, method and process for computer controlled delivery of classified goods and services through an amalgamated drive-thru complex |
US20060149640A1 (en) * | 2004-09-10 | 2006-07-06 | Gordon Sheldon M | Integrating electronic and traditional retail |
US8604928B2 (en) * | 2006-06-30 | 2013-12-10 | National Networks Limited Llc | RFID ionosphere |
US20110184831A1 (en) * | 2008-06-02 | 2011-07-28 | Andrew Robert Dalgleish | An item recommendation system |
Cited By (73)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20080249899A1 (en) * | 2007-04-05 | 2008-10-09 | Nasser Gabriel G | System and Method for Inventory |
US20120271712A1 (en) * | 2011-03-25 | 2012-10-25 | Edward Katzin | In-person one-tap purchasing apparatuses, methods and systems |
US9367865B2 (en) | 2012-07-03 | 2016-06-14 | Adam Phillip TREISER | System and method for providing consumers with access to an article while preventing theft thereof |
US20140172650A1 (en) * | 2012-12-14 | 2014-06-19 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | Stock Aware Shelves |
US8866612B1 (en) * | 2012-12-14 | 2014-10-21 | Target Brands, Inc. | Suppressing alerts for RFID systems |
US20140232519A1 (en) * | 2013-02-21 | 2014-08-21 | International Business Machines Corporation | Rfid tag with environmental sensor |
US9030295B2 (en) * | 2013-02-21 | 2015-05-12 | International Business Machines Corporation | RFID tag with environmental sensor |
US11527054B2 (en) | 2013-03-04 | 2022-12-13 | Nec Corporation | Article management system, information processing apparatus, and control method and control program of information processing apparatus |
US10885374B2 (en) | 2013-03-04 | 2021-01-05 | Nec Coporation | Article management system, information processing apparatus, and control method and control program of information processing apparatus |
US10438084B2 (en) | 2013-03-04 | 2019-10-08 | Nec Corporation | Article management system, information processing apparatus, and control method and control program of information processing apparatus |
US9440409B2 (en) | 2013-06-14 | 2016-09-13 | Electronic Imaging Services, Inc. | Method of making a pad of labels and labels for use on store shelves in a retail environment |
US9434125B2 (en) | 2013-06-14 | 2016-09-06 | Electronic Imaging Services, Inc. | Method of making a pad of labels and labels for use on store shelves in a retail environment |
US9259891B2 (en) | 2013-06-14 | 2016-02-16 | Electronic Imaging Services, Inc. | Pad of labels and labels for use on store shelves in a retail environment |
US9199427B2 (en) | 2013-06-14 | 2015-12-01 | Electronic Imaging Services, Inc. | Pad of labels for use on store shelves in a retail environment |
US11488498B2 (en) | 2013-06-14 | 2022-11-01 | Electronic Imaging Services, Inc. | Method of applying labels on store shelves in a retail environment |
US10600339B2 (en) | 2013-06-14 | 2020-03-24 | Electronic Imagine Services, Inc. | Method of applying labels on store shelves in a retail environment |
US9533464B2 (en) | 2013-06-14 | 2017-01-03 | Electronic Imaging Services, Inc. | Method of applying labels on store shelves in a retail environment |
US9399331B2 (en) | 2013-06-14 | 2016-07-26 | Electronic Imaging Services, Inc. | Label for use on store shelves in a retail environment |
US9773223B2 (en) | 2013-06-28 | 2017-09-26 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | Inventory cache |
US9430753B2 (en) | 2013-06-28 | 2016-08-30 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | Inventory tracking |
US10217082B2 (en) | 2013-06-28 | 2019-02-26 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | Inventory tracking |
US10769583B2 (en) | 2013-06-28 | 2020-09-08 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | Inventory tracking |
US9916560B2 (en) | 2013-06-28 | 2018-03-13 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | Inventory tracking |
US9767430B2 (en) * | 2013-11-11 | 2017-09-19 | International Business Machines Corporation | Contextual searching via a mobile computing device |
US20150134403A1 (en) * | 2013-11-11 | 2015-05-14 | International Business Machines Corporation | Contextual searching via a mobile computing device |
US10223668B2 (en) | 2013-11-11 | 2019-03-05 | International Business Machines Corporation | Contextual searching via a mobile computing device |
US9984357B2 (en) * | 2013-11-11 | 2018-05-29 | International Business Machines Corporation | Contextual searching via a mobile computing device |
US8885204B1 (en) * | 2014-01-21 | 2014-11-11 | Information Planning & Management Service, Inc. | Method of producing an ordered stack of bound product information sheets for a store from planogram or ordered data |
US10800199B2 (en) | 2014-01-21 | 2020-10-13 | Information Planning And Management Service Inc. | Ordered stack of bound pre-printed product information sheets for a store |
US8970893B1 (en) * | 2014-01-21 | 2015-03-03 | Information Planning & Management Service, Inc. | Method of producing an ordered stack of bound product information sheets for a store from planogram or ordered data |
US8836990B1 (en) * | 2014-01-21 | 2014-09-16 | Information Planning & Management Service, Inc. | Method of producing an ordered stack of bound pre-printed product information sheets for a store from planogram or ordered data |
WO2015184286A1 (en) * | 2014-05-30 | 2015-12-03 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | Apparatus and method of identifying an overstated perpetual inventory in a retail space |
US10546258B2 (en) * | 2014-05-30 | 2020-01-28 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | Apparatus and method of identifying an overstated perpetual inventory in a retail space |
US20170200106A1 (en) * | 2014-05-30 | 2017-07-13 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | Apparatus and method of identifying an overstated perpetual inventory in a retail space |
US11257016B2 (en) | 2014-05-30 | 2022-02-22 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | Apparatus and method of identifying an overstated perpetual inventory in a retail space |
US9376286B1 (en) | 2014-09-02 | 2016-06-28 | Electronic Imaging Services, Inc. | Label stacking machine and method |
US10059090B1 (en) | 2014-09-02 | 2018-08-28 | Electronic Imaging Services, Inc. | Label Stacking Machine and Method |
US10780687B1 (en) | 2014-09-02 | 2020-09-22 | Electronic Imaging Services, Inc. | Label stacking machine and method |
US9802769B1 (en) | 2014-09-02 | 2017-10-31 | Electronic Imaging Services, Inc. | Label stacking machine and method |
US11135826B1 (en) | 2014-09-02 | 2021-10-05 | Electronic Imaging Services, Inc. | Label stacking machine and method |
US10176501B2 (en) * | 2014-10-16 | 2019-01-08 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | Systems and methods for sale redemption |
US20160110785A1 (en) * | 2014-10-16 | 2016-04-21 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | Systems and methods for sale redemption |
WO2016077596A1 (en) * | 2014-11-12 | 2016-05-19 | Orderwithme Nevada Inc. | Distributed retail transaction system |
US10800200B2 (en) | 2015-01-27 | 2020-10-13 | Information Planning And Management Service Inc. | Array of printed information sheets for a business establishment |
US11390106B2 (en) | 2015-01-27 | 2022-07-19 | Information Planning And Management Service Inc. | Array of printed information sheets for a business establishment |
US11087270B1 (en) * | 2015-08-20 | 2021-08-10 | Target Brands, Inc. | Indexing video for retail investigations |
CN108351999A (en) * | 2015-11-16 | 2018-07-31 | 甲骨文国际公司 | System and method for providing inventory allocation approach by all kinds of means for retailer |
US20170277765A1 (en) * | 2015-11-19 | 2017-09-28 | Halliburton Energy Services, Inc. | Shell database architecture for inventory management |
CN106257533A (en) * | 2016-03-24 | 2016-12-28 | 北京市环丽清扫保洁服务中心 | A kind of environmental sanitation emergency guarantee intelligent response disposes management platform and method |
US20180130078A1 (en) * | 2016-11-04 | 2018-05-10 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | Systems and methods of controlling the distribution of products in retail shopping facilities |
US20180218322A1 (en) * | 2017-01-27 | 2018-08-02 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | System and method for optimizing inventory replenishment |
US10839348B2 (en) * | 2017-01-27 | 2020-11-17 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | System and method for optimizing inventory replenishment |
WO2018160915A1 (en) * | 2017-03-03 | 2018-09-07 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | Systems and methods for determining products that were mis-shipped and/or improperly invoiced or uninvoiced to a retail store |
US10936995B2 (en) * | 2017-03-03 | 2021-03-02 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | Systems and methods for determining products that were mis-shipped and/or improperly invoiced or uninvoiced to a retail store |
US20180285902A1 (en) * | 2017-03-31 | 2018-10-04 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | System and method for data-driven insight into stocking out-of-stock shelves |
US11120318B2 (en) | 2017-07-20 | 2021-09-14 | Electronic Imaging Services, Inc. | Dual-sided product placement and information strips |
US10679106B2 (en) | 2017-07-20 | 2020-06-09 | Electronic Imaging Services, Inc. | Dual-sided product placement and information strips |
US20190114571A1 (en) * | 2017-10-13 | 2019-04-18 | Vocollect, Inc. | Systems and methods for evaluating personnel for task assignment |
US11783647B2 (en) | 2017-12-21 | 2023-10-10 | Skeleton Key Systems, LLC | System and method for securing, releasing, and managing inventory |
US10496955B2 (en) | 2017-12-29 | 2019-12-03 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | Systems and methods for identifying and remedying product mis-shipments to retail stores |
US11062262B2 (en) * | 2017-12-29 | 2021-07-13 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | Systems and methods for identifying and remedying product mis-shipments to retail stores |
WO2019133322A1 (en) * | 2017-12-29 | 2019-07-04 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | Systems and methods for identifying and remedying product mis-shipments to retail stores |
US11491270B2 (en) * | 2018-01-05 | 2022-11-08 | Fresenius Medical Care Holdings, Inc. | Non-touch communication with a dialysis machine using a connected health system |
US10717307B2 (en) * | 2018-01-23 | 2020-07-21 | Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha | Medium and printer |
US20190224995A1 (en) * | 2018-01-23 | 2019-07-25 | Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha | Medium and Printer |
US11341453B2 (en) | 2018-04-02 | 2022-05-24 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | Dynamic negative perpetual inventory resolution system |
WO2020005824A1 (en) * | 2018-06-25 | 2020-01-02 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | System and method for implementing just-in-time inventory replenishment |
US11354680B2 (en) | 2020-04-23 | 2022-06-07 | Zebra Technologies Corporation | Systems and methods for identifying potential shrink events |
WO2021216498A1 (en) * | 2020-04-23 | 2021-10-28 | Zebra Technologies Corporation | Systems and methods for identifying potential shrink events |
US11610210B2 (en) * | 2020-06-30 | 2023-03-21 | Zebra Technologies Corporation | Systems and methods for detecting potential shrink events via RFID technology |
IT202000029240A1 (en) * | 2020-12-01 | 2022-06-01 | Sbs S P A | DISTRIBUTED CALCULATION ENVIRONMENT FOR THE MANAGEMENT OF PRODUCTS FOR SALE IN COMMERCIAL RETAILERS AND ASSOCIATED METHOD |
US20220405667A1 (en) * | 2021-06-18 | 2022-12-22 | Frito-Lay North America, Inc. | Automated In-Store Execution Issue Resolution System |
US20230359982A1 (en) * | 2022-05-03 | 2023-11-09 | Mehdi Mohseni | System and method for tracking wine in a wine-cellar and monitoring inventory |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US20030216969A1 (en) | 2003-11-20 |
US8321302B2 (en) | 2012-11-27 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US8321302B2 (en) | Inventory management system | |
CA2474254C (en) | Inventory management system | |
AU2020101951A4 (en) | IMS- Inventory Management System: INTELLIGENT MART SELLING AND INVENTORY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM | |
US8049621B1 (en) | Method and apparatus for remote merchandise planogram auditing and reporting | |
US7240027B2 (en) | Method and apparatus for monitoring the flow of items through a store or warehouse | |
US8321303B1 (en) | Retail product out-of-stock detection and dynamic scripting | |
US20050149414A1 (en) | RFID system and method for managing out-of-stock items | |
JP2005515947A5 (en) | ||
KR102057001B1 (en) | Product management system and Method of store using POS system | |
WO2003061366A2 (en) | Inventory management system | |
US7118036B1 (en) | Mobile inventory management system | |
US20100138281A1 (en) | System and method for retail store shelf stock monitoring, predicting, and reporting | |
US20050043857A1 (en) | System for inventory control and capturing and analyzing consumer buying decisions | |
Chande et al. | Perishable inventory management and dynamic pricing using RFID technology | |
US6246995B1 (en) | Product activity data collection system | |
JP4227823B2 (en) | Customer guidance system | |
WO2007086808A2 (en) | System and method for monitoring the status of an inventory item | |
AU2011213713B2 (en) | Inventory management system | |
JP2020060917A (en) | Product sales management control device and product sales management control program | |
US20070265943A1 (en) | Product management system, product management apparatus, and product management method | |
US20090050698A1 (en) | Sales Tool | |
US20070203809A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for regulating store inventory | |
US20230169550A1 (en) | Information processing system, information processing method, and non-transitory computer readable medium | |
US20230306497A1 (en) | Methods and apparatus for integrating retail applications and retail operational subsystems, and optimizing operation of same | |
EP4312174A1 (en) | Information processing system, information processing device, information processing method, and program |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: ADT SERVICES GMBH, SWITZERLAND Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:SENSORMATIC ELECTRONICS, LLC;REEL/FRAME:029896/0965 Effective date: 20130214 |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: TYCO FIRE & SECURITY GMBH, SWITZERLAND Free format text: MERGER;ASSIGNOR:ADT SERVICES GMBH;REEL/FRAME:030289/0441 Effective date: 20130326 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |